Aurora 4x
Fiction => Aurora => Topic started by: CharonJr on December 28, 2014, 03:48:37 AM
-
Hi,
since it is a lot more interesting to play Aurora with a bit of RP/story behind it, I have decided that writing an AAR might be a good way to keep this game interesting for me.
This will be more of a description of actions/events than a full fledged story, but I hope this will allow me to bring some meat to the bones of this game and maybe offer some distraction or even provide some ideas to some of the readers.
Setup:
Custom start with 3 manually set up factions in the starting system (1 player controlled) with 3 additional computer generated NPRs lurking in the 50 systems generated during setup.
The 3 manually created races start with 30k research in addition to 500m people, 2 shipyards and 20 research facilities each. There will be a truce for 30 years. The auto generated NPRs should start at 500m and 120k research (if I understand the setup correctly).
The minerals on the starting planet will be raised by 300k each and accessability raised by 0.3 to make up for the competition for minerals by 3 races. Difficulty is at 150% and since I am not sure if the manually created NPRs will be affected by the difficulty modifier they will get 130% industry and wealth production.
Background:
The Polaris system has 7 plantes, with the 3 innermost planets being terrestial, IV&V dwarf planets, VI a super jovian with 17 moons and VII a gas giant with 10 moons. In addition there are 5 comets in the Polaris system.
Polaris III has a nitrogen/oxygen/carbon dioxide atmosphere with a temperature of -13 degrees and a gravity of 1.27 and more importantly intelligent life has evolved on this planet which is fairly similar to Earth's polar bears, except that those are bipedal and have opposable thumbs.
Overall the Polarians evolved pretty similar to Humans, but their society is largely tribal with powerfull nobles electing kings as head of state.
Around the year 1940 there are 3 major kingdoms who are fairly equal in power, each living on a seperate continent. A war has broken out about some major oil deposits at the uninhabited northern pole, but neither side was able to achieve superiorty. During the 3rd year of the war the arrival of an alien probe put the war on hold by announcing its arrival with transmitting lots of data nobody was able to understand at first, but it was very clear that the Polarians were not alone in this galaxy and since nobody knew what the aliens intentions were a truce was called.
After 3 weeks the alien probe left the orbit after having transmitted its data 3 times, with the Polarians still having no clue what this meant. A joint council of the best and brighest minds of Polaris was formed in order to decipher the alien message, but once it became clear that the message largely consisted of technological data and information about a completely unknown class of elements each kingdom withdrew its scientists and tried to put any useful information to use before any other kingdom would be able to do so. But it was agreed that there would be a truce lasting at least 40 years in order to prepare for any potential alien threat.
After 10 years each kingdom has been able to convert its industry to new standards based on the knowledge gained from the probe and set up 2 experimental shipyards to take a first step toward the stars.
This story will be from the point of view of the Mountain Tribe. The three major tribes all took names due to the prevailing terrain on each of the three major landmasses/islands on Polaris. The other two are the Tundra and the Hill Tribes.
With the initial alien tech data and some additionla research the Mountain Tribe currently has knowledge of:
Pebble Bed Reactor (3000)
Nucelar Pulse Engine (5000)
Anti Grav Sensor 12 (2000)
EM Sensor 6 (2000)
Construction Rate 12 (3000)
Research Rate 240 (5000)
Mining Production 12 (3000)
Jump Point Theory (5000)
Fuel Consumption 0.9 (1000)
Size 25 50% Nuclear Pulse Engines
750 points into Grav Survey Sensors
5 Tribal Class GeoSurvey Ships are ready for launch, together with 3 cargo haulers, 1 Cryo ship and a 33 silo nuclear base (wanted to get rid of all build Points here despite having no real need for 5 survey ships at start).
Tribal class Geological Survey Vessel 2 200 tons 42 Crew 302 BP TCS 44 TH 100 EM 0
2272 km/s Armour 1-15 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/2 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 86 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 29 months Spare Berths 0
Duffy & Thomas 100 EP NPE C (1) Power 100 Fuel Use 11.93% Signature 100 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 70 000 Litres Range 48.0 billion km (244 days at full power)
Geological Survey Sensors (2) 2 Survey Points Per Hour
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Fort class Planetary Defence Centre 44 400 tons 671 Crew 1492.5 BP TCS 888 TH 0 EM 0
Armour 5-111 Sensors 1/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 792
Intended Deployment Time: 29 months Spare Berths 1
Magazine 792
Fuel Capacity 70 000 Litres Range N/A
ICBM Silo (33) Missile Size 24 Rate of Fire 43200
ICBM Launch Control (3) Range 50k km Resolution 50
This design is classed as a Planetary Defence Centre and can be pre-fabricated in 18 sections
Hauler class Freighter 30 100 tons 61 Crew 299 BP TCS 602 TH 300 EM 0
498 km/s Armour 1-86 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 6 Max Repair 25 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 3 months Spare Berths 1
Cargo 25000 Cargo Handling Multiplier 5
Duffy & Thomas 100 EP NPE C (3) Power 100 Fuel Use 11.93% Signature 100 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 200 000 Litres Range 10.0 billion km (232 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Cryo class Kolonizator 14 750 tons 96 Crew 606.5 BP TCS 295 TH 300 EM 0
1016 km/s Armour 1-53 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 26 Max Repair 25 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 3 months Spare Berths 1
Cryogenic Berths 40000 Cargo Handling Multiplier 5
Duffy & Thomas 100 EP NPE C (3) Power 100 Fuel Use 11.93% Signature 100 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 100 000 Litres Range 10.2 billion km (116 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
A counter-espionage team is established in addition to a diplo team. Due to the lack of personal for a second diplo team the focus will be on improving relations with the Hill Tribe at first.
Initial industry is at 70% factories, 20% mines and 10% infrastructure to establish a small colony on Polaris II (3.1 col cost).
Due to the available scientists research is focused on turret tracking 2000 (5 labs), high density duranium (5 labs), gas cooled reactors (5 labs) and despite having only a missile specialist left 5 labs for grav survey sensors.
-
The geo-scans provided information about a fair number of TN elements throughout the system, but sadly none on Polaris II. Nevertheless infrastructure was moved to Polaris II and a small colony of 40.000 people was established by the middle of February. The Polarians took their first real step towards the stars.
The ships of the other 2 tribes seem to have roughly the same speed as our own ships, with speeds form 470-1492km/s being observed. Initial scans show that the other tribes seem to be more focused on weapons than us with a fair number of their ships deploying active scanners.
By the middle of May the survey of the system has been completed, the most notable deposits are:
Duranium: 180k at 90% accessability at Comet #4, Polaris HW 566k at 100%, except for traces at Polaris VI Moon 1 no other sources in system
Neutronium: 102k at 80% at Comet #2, HW 357k at 80%, additional 13k at Comet #4
Corbomite: 1.513k at 70% at Polaris V, HW 382k at 70% with another 235k at 80% at Polaris VI
Tritanium: 35k at 50% at Comet #3, HW 354k at 90%, no other deposits
Boronide: 1.367k at 80% at Polaris V, HW 527k at 90%, another 200k combined on 3 comets at around 60%
Mercassium: no deposits except on the HW with 393k at 70%
Vendarite: no deposits except on the HW with 374k at 90%
Sorium: 592k at Polaris VI, HW 437k at 100%, additional 250k throughout the system at around 60%
Uridium: 30k at Comet #3, HW 521K at 100%
Corundium: 222k at 80% at Comet #4, HW 418k at 100%, 30k at 90% on other bodies
Gallicite: 40k at 80% at Polaris VI, HW 360k at 100%, another 13k at 100% at various moons
In the short term minerals are no problem due to the quantities and good availabilities at the homeworld, but Duranium will turn into a bottleneck in the medium term and with the the only other source at Comet #4, which has additional highly accessible other minerals as well, getting some automines to Comet #4 will be a medium term priority.
A geo-team is established once all geo scouts have returned to Polaris and send to review the smaller bodies at first.
9th July 1950 - turret tracking 2000 completed, research continues with turret tracking 3000
The civilians have seen the potential of Comet #4 as well and have established a mining colony with 3 mines by the middle of July.
2 civilian shipping companies have build 1 luxury liner and 2 cryo freighters and are moving people to Polaris II while our transports are bringing more infrastructure.
12th December 1950: Grav Sensors completed and 2 Victory Class grav sensor ships are ordered at the 2 slipway (6.000t each) Shah naval shipyard, completion is expected for the middle of November 1951. The freed up 5 labs are used to look into Implosion Fission Warheads.
Victory class Gravitational Survey Vessel 2 200 tons 42 Crew 302 BP TCS 44 TH 100 EM 0
2272 km/s Armour 1-15 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/2/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
Maint Life 3.04 Years MSP 86 AFR 38% IFR 0.5% 1YR 14 5YR 210 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 29 months Spare Berths 0
Duffy & Thomas 100 EP NPE C (1) Power 100 Fuel Use 11.93% Signature 100 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 70 000 Litres Range 48.0 billion km (244 days at full power)
Gravitational Survey Sensors (2) 2 Survey Points Per Hour
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
January 1951: 330 infrastructure have been build and send to Polaris II, being able to support 1 million colonists, production is switched to Military Academies.
March 1951: Shield regen 1.5 researched (seems I chose the wrong project there) and research is started on High Density Duranium Armor.
July 1951: Turret Tracking 3000 completed, research started on 4000.
August 1951: Civilian Godfrey Carrier Lines launches its first freighter. And the theories about jump points have been validated by observing a jump at a bearing of 31° 465m km from the sun. 5 warships (3 Hill, 2 Tundra) are gathered around this jump point. In addition a new Tundra warship has been launched with S120/R86 sensors and a speed of 2.513 km/s heading towards the jump point.
14th November 1951: The 2 Victory Grav Survey Ships are completed and heading out to search for additional jump points, raising the Shah Shipyard capacity to 7000t is started.
6th December 1951: A 2nd jump point is found at a bearing of 297° 774m km from the sun.
Status at the end of 1951:
Polaris HW - Pop 522m, 500 construction factories, 423 mines
Polaris II - Pop 1,5m
Ships:
5 Tribal GeoSurvey
2 Victory GravSurvey
3 Hauler
1 Cryo Transport
1 Fort ICBM Base
Hill Tribe:
6x Fenrir - thermal 438, speed 616
2x Asgard - thermal 38, speed 883
5x Grendel - thermal 438, speed 958
1x Loki - S120/R85 & S60/R20 - thermal 600, speed 0
1x Heimdal - S70/R85 - thermal 200, speed 1.041
1x Hrothgar - S10/R85 - thermal 25, speed 0
4x Tyr - thermal 112, speed 1.492
5x Vithar - S60/R1 sensor - thermal 1, speed 0
2x Freya - S60/R1 - thermal 1, speed 0
1x Ragnarok - S60/R1 - thermal 400, speed 1.035
1x Odin - S70/R85 - thermal 400, speed 1.036
1x Godheim - S120/R85 - thermal 500, speed 7?
1x Garm - S70/R85 - thermal 200, speed 0
1x Valhalla - S70/R85 - thermal 200, speed 0
1x Norn - S60/R1 - thermal 200, speed 0
Population: thermal 14,1k and EM 39,1k
Tundra Tribe (seem to have better speed and sensors than the Hill Tribe):
2x Scharnhorst - thermal 25, speed 470
3x VonRoeder - thermal 312, speed 473
1x Deutschland - thermal 38, speed 715
3x Bismarck - thermal 312, speed 774
3x Gneisenau - thermal 25, speed 0
2x Prinz Eugen - S70/R85 - thermal 250, speed 1.396
1x Konigsberg - S10/R86 & S40/R4 - thermal 250, speed 1.396
1x Hamburg - S70/R86 - thermal 250, speed 1.396
1x Hipper - S70/R86 - thermal 250, speed 0
1x Konig - thermal 500, speed 0
2x Graf Spee - S90/R1 - thermal 1, speed 0
2x Rheinland - S90/R1 - thermal 1, speed 0
1x Scheer - S90/R1 - thermal 250, speed 0
1x Custer - S120/R86 - thermal 450, speed 2.513
Population: thermal 13,5k and EM 38,6k
We have to do something about our military power soon, currently only the truce keeps us alive here, with the number of R1-sensors it is fairly likely that the other tribes would be able to intercept our outdated ICBMs. And with a thermal of 11,6k and EM of 36k our industry seems to be lagging behind as well.
-
1952
January: A 3rd jump point is found at a bearing of 90° 747m km from the sun, in addition the Hill Tribe launched a 2nd Ragnarok class warship. Implosion Fission Warhead
research is completed and the 5 labs are allocated to researching higher Magazine Feed Efficiency (80%).
February: 4th jump point found at 137° 3bn km away from the sun.
March: 5th jump point at 91° 5,5bn km from the sun. We still lack the researches for the special engines needed to use those jump points, but with at least one other tribe
already using the jump points we will have to start research there soon, even without any specialists.
April: 6th jump point bearing 182° 2,3bm km from the sun.
July: Civilian Shepherd Corporation launched a small freighter.
September: Research into High Density Duranium Armor completed and despite still having no specialist (except Jason Stevenson at 10% who is currently researching Gas Cooled
Reactors) research into Jump Drive Efficiency 4 is started.
October: Magazine Feed Efficiency (80%) completed and the labs are assigned to Missile Launcher Reload Rate 2.
November: Shepherd Corporation launches another small freighter and Shah Shipyard has expanded its capacity to 7000t, the next expansion to 8000t is ordered.
By the end of the year our population has risen to 532m at Polaris (+10m) and 2,9m at Polaris II (+1,4m), 44 new construction factories (544) and 12 new mines (435) have been
build at Polaris. With thermal readings of 12k (+0,4) and EM readings of 36,8k (+0,8) - the Hill Tribe is at thermal 14,2k (+0,1) and EM 39,8k (+0,7) and the Tundra Tribe at
thermal 13,7k (+0,2) and EM 39,3k (+0,7). It looks like our industry focus enables us to close the gap a little bit, but our military power is virtually unchanged while the
other tribes grew.
Currently the focus is still on industrial expansion and getting jump capable ships. In addition the groundwork is laid for a military fleet which will focus largely on beam
based anti-missile ships and missile based attack ships. Due to the cost of producing and moving anti-missile-missiles I consider them to be not worth the costs at the
moment, but when we meet a more advanced alien race this might change. Additional shipyards will be needed for this build-up as well and I will try to reallocated some
industry there by the end of next year.
The military leadership has worked on a new naval doctrine for the past years and with the capabilities of the new weapon systems it became clear quite quickly that the first
priority has to be missile defense since destroyed ships are not able to fight. And while we have a energy weapons specialist who can provide research for the needed anti-
missile turrets and beam weapons we sadly still lack the sensor specialist to help with targeting. The second priority is speed since this will allow the navy to dictate when
and where battles will take place. Due to this the current research for better reactors and engines will continue. At the moment only fairly large warships seem viable, but
in the long run a mix of large defensive beam ships and smaller missile based attack ships is planed. The small missile ships will be guided towards their targets by large
sensor platforms who stay with the main fleet.
1953
March: Godfrey Carrier Lines launches a new large freighter and the Tundra Tribe launches a new ship class, the Nassau with S90/R1 sensors and a thermal reading of 250. The
Hill Tribe launches another new class as well, the Troll with a S60/R1 sensor and a thermal signature of 200. Overall the other tribes seem to be fairly focused on anti-
missile ships. At the end of the month the grav survey of the Polaris system is completed and now further jump points have been found, but 6 is a fairly high number anyway
which will make guarding our homesystem from potential enemy incursions a nightmare.
June: Another large freighter of the Shepherd Corporation is launched.
July: The Hill Tribe launches another new ship design, the Langsword-J with a thermal signature of 200 while the Tundra Tribe launches the first ship of the new Tirpitz
class with a S90/R1 sensor and a thermal signature of 500. We have to get some sensors in place to learn more about those ships soon. At the end of July a new civilian
shipping line is established, Payne Transport Line. In addition research into Missile Launcher Reload Rate 2 and Gas-Cooled Reactors are completed, the freed up labs are
assigned to Gauss Cannon Rate of Fire 2 and Ion Drive Technology.
August: Payne Transport Line launches its first ship, a huge freighter. Overall the civilian shipping lines are fairly busy moving goods and colonists between Polaris and
Polaris II which has grown to 5,7m people. During the last month 25% of the 1,3bn credit income came from trade taxes, expenses were at 1.1bn with 60% spent on construction
and most of the remaining 40% on research. Turret Tracking 4000 has been completed and research is started on Max Squad Jump Radius 50k.
September: The Hill Tribe launches yet another new design, the Msl Guardian class with a improved sensor suit - S108/R1 - and a thermal signature of 200. Shah Shipbuilding
expanded its capacity to 8000t, and 3rd slipway will be added next since the target weight for the first military ships is 8000t. A 2nd 48kt slipway will be build for the
commercial Simmons Enterprises as well. Shepherd Corporation launches a new small freighter.
By the end of the year our population at Polaris has risen to 540m (+8m) on Polaris II to 8,2m (+5,3m). 52 new construction factories (596) and 15 new mines (450) have been
build. Polaris has a thermal signature of 12,4k (+0,4) and EM of 37,6k (+0,8) while the Hill Tribe is at a thermal of 14,4k (+0,2) and EM of 40,7k (+0,9) and the Tundra Tribe
at thermal 14,1 (+0,4) and EM 40,2k (+0,9). The gaps remained fairly stable this year, but without any new scientics in the last 4 years, especially in the important
construction field it seems likely that the gap will get larger again in the future.
Current scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 40%, can use 20 labs - researching Gauss Cannon RoF with 5 labs (14th July 1954)
Laura Little - EW 15%, can use 30 labs - researching Max Squad Jump Radius 50k with 5 labs (15th May 1954)
Jason Stevenson - PP15%, can use 30 labs - researching Ion Drive Technology with 5 labs (16th October 1958)
Conor Wallis - DS 10%, can use 5 labs - researching Jump Drive Efficiency 4 with 5 labs (16th March 1954)
-
1954
January: Industry allocation for construction factories is lowered from 70% to 50%. 10% are allocated towards research labs and 10% to a new naval shipyard.
February: A 2nd military academy has been established, hopefully yielding some new scientists soon. Shepherd Corporation launches a new small freighter bringing its total
ships up to 7.
March: Civilian mining at Comet #4 is expanded to 4 mines, but with not much of surplus wealth generated each month and mining still ahead of consumption (even Duranium at
+36) the civilian mines will continue to be taxed for now. Connor Wallis completed research into Jump Efficiency 4 and starts with the last remaining tech needed for a jump
drive - Max Jump Squad Size 3 which should be completed by August 1955.
April: Godfrey Carrier Lines launches a new small and a new large freighter, bringing their total ships up to 5.
May: A new shipping line is established, Lloyd Transport and Trading. Laura Little completes research into Max Squad Jump Radius 50k and heads back to her own field of
research - Turret Tracking Speed 5000.
June: Godfrey Carrier Lines launches a new large freighter, since this will most likely even increase in the future I will just give a short overview at the end of each year
for the civilian shipping from now on.
July: Brooke Begum completes research into Gauss Cannon RoF 2 and continues with RoF 3 which is felt to be the minimum rate of fire needed for effective anti-missile turrets.
By the end of the year Polaris population rose to 547m (+7) and Polaris II to 13,1m (+4,9). 37 new construction factories were build (633) and 15 new mines (465). Thermal is
at 12,7k (+0,3) and EM at 38,3k (+0,7) while the Hill Tribe rose to thermal 15,1k (+0,7) and EM 41,8k (+1,1) and the Tundra Tribe rising to 14,4k (+0,3) and EM 41,1k (+0,9).
As expected the gap is starting to grow, but it will be interesting to see if the other tribes will run into problems with their population growth not keeping up with their
industrial growth.
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 40%, 20 labs (unchanged) - Gauss Cannonn RoF 3 (Feb 57)
Laura Little - EW 15%, 30 labs (unchanged) - Turret Tracking 5000 (Jul 58)
Jason Stevenson - PP15%, 30 labs (unchanged) - Ion Drive Tech (Oct 58)
Conor Wallis - DS 15%, 5 labs (+5%) - Max Jump Squad Size 3 (Aug 55)
Civilian Shipping:
Shepherd Corp - 8 ships
Godfrey Lines - 7 ships
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships
Payne Transport - 1 ship
1955
February: A 2nd diplo team is estabished and assigned to the Tundra Tribe.
August: Connor Wallis completes research into Max Jump Squad Size 3 and continues with researching the first jump engine (3000t) which is large enough for the survey ships.
November: Connor Wallis completes the new jump engine prototype and the new Agincourt jump ship is designed (basically a mobile jump gate combined with a small tanker) and
research is started on Composite Armor. With all shipyards currently undergoing modifications we will have to wait for another few weeks before being able to start building
the new ship.
Agincourt class Jump Ship 3 000 tons 52 Crew 244.6 BP TCS 60 TH 100 EM 0
1666 km/s JR 3-50 Armour 1-18 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 51 Max Repair 33 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 19.5 months Spare Berths 0
Gibson Engineering J3000(3-50) Military Jump Drive Max Ship Size 3000 tons Distance 50k km Squadron Size 3
Duffy & Thomas 100 EP NPE C (1) Power 100 Fuel Use 11.93% Signature 100 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 600 000 Litres Range 301.6 billion km (2095 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
By the end of the year Polaris population rose to 557m (+10) and Polaris II to 16,9m (+3,8). 43 new construction factories were build (676) and 17 new mines (482). Due to the large number of ships I can no longer see any information about the other two tribes, but I think it is very likely that the gap kept growing larger.
Scientists/projects (despite 2 academies still no additional scientist):
Brooke Begum - MK 50%, 25 labs (+10%, +5 labs) - Gauss Cannonn RoF 3 (Dec 56)
Laura Little - EW 15%, 30 labs (unchanged) - Turret Tracking 5000 (Jul 58)
Jason Stevenson - PP15%, 30 labs (unchanged) - Ion Drive Tech (Oct 58)
Conor Wallis - DS 15%, 5 labs (+5%) - Composite Armor (Jul 58)
Civilian Shipping:
Shepherd Corp - 10 ships (+2)
Godfrey Lines - 8 ships (+1)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships
Payne Transport - 2 ships (+1)
-
1956
February: The second slipway has been completed at Simmons Enterprises and 2 Agincourts are ordered. After having guarded jump point #1 together with a Tundra fleet the 3
ship battlegroup of the Hill Tribe has returned to Polaris, leaving just 2 Tundra ships at the jump point. This leaves the Mountain Tribe high command a bit puzzled, the only
explanation coming to mind is either a refit of the ships or that something might have chanced in the system behind jump point 1. When the Agincourts are ready in January
1957 JP1 will be one of the first targets.
April: A third slipway has been added at Shah Shipbuilding. With most of the civilian ships doing nothing and Polaris II already at 18m colonists a new colony is set up at
the 6th moon of Polaris VI (4.2 col cost, no minerals).
June: The new naval shipyard - Odonnel & Co - has been completed (+1000t ordered) together with a new research lab which is assigned to Ion Drive Tech miving the completion
date to May 58. The 10% industrial capacity is reallocated to research labs.
August: Finally we got a new scientist - Oliver Fuller - but sadly he is specialised in energy weapons at 15%, just as Laura Little, but at least we are at 3 academies now,
so the chances for usefull scientists are rising.
December: Overall 100 new mines have been build at Polaris, but with only 2m available workers left the new focus will be on automated mines where the freed up 20% industrial
capacity is allocated. Research for Gauss Cannon RoF 3 is completed and with 4 labs Brooke Begum starts to research Gauss Cannon Launch Velocity 2 while the remaining lab is
given to Oliver Fuller to look into using Spinal Mounts on our ships.
At the end of 1956 Polaris population is at 567m (+10) and Polaris II at 20,7m (+3,8). 48 new construction factories were build (724) and 18 new mines (500) with production
started on new autmines (currently there are 80 of those). In addition 1 reasearch lab has been added - bringing to total to 21 - and a 3rd academy has been opened.
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 50%, 25 labs/4 used (unchanged) - Gauss Cannonn Velocity 2 (Jan 58)
Laura Little - EW 15%, 30 labs/5 used (unchanged) - Turret Tracking 5000 (Jul 58)
Jason Stevenson - PP15%, 30 labs/6 used (unchanged) - Ion Drive Tech (May 58)
Conor Wallis - DS 15%, 10 labs/5 used (+5 labs) - Composite Armor (Jul 58)
Oliver Fuller - EW 15%, 10 labs/1 used - Spinal Mount (Dec 69)
Civilian Shipping - still growing, despite only 4-5 ships being used on average throughout the year:
Shepherd Corp - 12 ships (+2 - 810 income)
Godfrey Lines - 10 ships (+2 - 1240 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (no income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (no income)
Wealth is pretty stable with 14.2k earned (82% pop tax) and 14k spend (58% construction).
1957
January 1957 will be a day long remembered, for the first time in history we have the means to leave our home system. And while our scientists are fairly certain the the jump itself in not dangerous (various jumps from the other tribes were observed during the last years) nobody knows what expects us on the other side of the jump point or how fsat a jump back can be made in case of danger. Due to this high command has been looking for volunteers among its 14 commanders (lt. cmd being to inexperienced for such a task while the 5 captains are too valueable). Actually all 14 commanders volunteered. In the end Alice Adams, a 25 year old rising star (1st in class at the academy, promoted to commander just 1 year after graduating) was chosen due to her unmatched initiative and 26 year old Elliot Khan who's good political connections played a large role in getting this assignment. Alice Adams takes command of the Agincourt and will head towards JP1 while Elliot Khan takes command of the Aardvark and will head to JP3.
While the crews are getting aboard their ships large fleet movements from the Hill and Tundra Tribes are seen towards JP1, with a total of 10 warships heading towards the mixed fllet of 5 ships already at JP1. Most of them seem to be missile ships with long range sensors calibrated for large ships (S120/R86). The fairly small size of the Agincourts (3.000t) might actually be an advantage here.
At 16:21 on the 21st of January Alice Adams declares the Agincourt to be ready for the jump and with the high command and even the king himself wishing her, the crew and the ship the best of luck the ship vanishes from Polaris. Just a few seconds later the Agincourt pops back into existance in new system which the computer calls London for now. Long range scanners show 9 planets, 116 asteroids and 24 comets, with some of the asteroids and comets being to to 50bn km away from the sun. As soon as the jump drive is back up the Agincourt jumps back to Polaris to relay the news and enable 3 Tribals and 1 Victory to jump into the London system to start their surveys. For her jump into the unknown Alice Adams is awarded the newly found "Order of the Explorer". From the short glimps into the London system it remains a mystery why 13 warships of the other 2 clans are crusing in the vincinity of JP1.
At the 25th of January the Aardvark follows suit and arrives in the Manchester system. Manchester consists of 6 planets, 60 asteroids and 5 comets with most of the bodies being inside of 1bn km from the sun, the only exception are 3 of the comets. After jumping back with his quick report Elliot Khan is awarded the "Order of the Explorer" as well and the 2 remaining Tribals and 1 Victory are heading towards JP3.
Ok, time to get some sleep, more to follow tomorrow... ;)
-
test - hmm, getting Error 404 when trying to post the update, but "test" worked obviously.
Seems to be related to the length of the text, typical, once it gets more story like there is sabotage... ;)
-
While/when the survey ships made their jumps the Agincourts will head to JP2 and JP4.
Meanwhile the Royal Society is debating if it might be possible to transfer the jump engine technology into automated permanent structures around the jump points. And even if this were the case if it is actually a good idea to do so. The other option would be to stick with mobile jump ships would would provide transport when needed, but even with just the current number of known jump points this might turn into a logistical nightmare.
Expansion of civilian shipyard Simmons Enterprises is ordered since it is felt that more and larger transports will be needed in the near future.
At the 30th of January the Agincourt entered JP2 and arrived in the Liverpool system. Liverpool is a binary system with 7 planets - 2 dwarf planets and the other 5 gas giants/super jovian - all in orbits around Liverpool A as is Liverpool B, roughly 30bn km away. In addition to the planets and theirs moons there are 35 asteroids and 5 comets. But most importantly to Commander Adams the long range scanners pick up wrecks of unknown origin - 19.300t and 9650t - between the orbits of Liverpool A I and A II, about 5bn km from the Polaris jump point. After jumping back and reporting her findings the Liverpool system is declared off-limits for now by the high command. Only a recon in force seems appropriate under those circumstances and the navy is years away from being able to field such a force. In the Royal Society those wrecks - and the potential hostile forces that destroyed those ships - are helping the no jump gate faction. But after the civilian shipping lines made it clear that they would not use any ship based jump gates it became clear that jump gates would be the only option. In addition a way has to be found to investigate those wrecks and salvage any usefull components from them. Agincourt moves on to JP5.
JP5 leads to another binary system, Stevenage, with Stevenage B in a 700bn km orbit around Stevenage A. Stevenage A has 4 planets - 3 terrestial and 1 outer gas giant - and 5 comets while B has 6 planets - 4 inner gas giants/super jovians and 2 outer dwarf planets - in addition to 65 asteriods. After making here report about the Stevenage system Commander Adams continues to JP6.
At the 3rd of March the Commander Khan's Aardvark transited JP4 and a couple of seconds later arrived in the Edinburgh system. Edinburgh has a single star and 9 planets, 5 of them gas giants/super jovians, 2 terrestrial plants and 2 dwarf planets in addition to 40 asteriods and 5 comets, the 9th planets has an orbit of about 4.4bn km from the sun. Further details will only be available once survey ships have been able to take a closer look. The Aardvark returns to Manchester to provide fuel and a means of communication with Polaris for the survey ships.
At the 15th of March the Agincourt transited JP6 and arrived in the Glasgow system, again a huge binary with Glasgow B's orbit around 25bn km away from Glasgow A. There are 6 planets around Glasgow A, 5 inner terrestial and 1 outer dwarf in addition to 5 comets. There are only 3 moons in orbit around the planets with the outermost dwarf having a distance of around 1.2bn km from the sun. After heading back to Polaris and making her report Commander Adams returns to London to support the survey ships there.
-
When the Aardvark arrived back in Manchester the first survey reports are transfered and relayed to Polaris. The 6th moon of Manchester A II might make a decent colony in the future, it has no atmosphere and with -74° and a gravity of 0.26 it is far from ideal, but still better suited than both Polaris colonies. And while there are no minerals to be found on the moon itself Manchester A I has 6mt of Soruim at 90% accessability and the 3rd moon of Manchester A II has 1.3mt of 80% Duranium in addition to 300kt+ of Corbomite, Vendarite and Corundium each at 50%+ accessability and at the moment less than 25% of the bodies have been surveyed.
April: Odonnel&Co naval yard has finished its upgrade to 2.000t and another upgrade to 3.000t is ordered in addition to a 4th slipway for the Shah Shipbuilding naval yard.
When the Agincourt arrived back in the London system the survey ships have found some moderate sources for minerals in the meantime and no suitable colony planets yet, but a jump point has been found and after Commander Adams has send the reports to Polaris the Agincourt heads to this new jump point. While still moving to the new JP Commander Isabelle Carey reports that her crew has found a potential colony spot with the 31st moon of the super jovian London A III. This terrestial moon with a diameter of 13.2kkm, a temperature of -143, a gravity of 0.72 and a 0.52 nitrogen/methane atmosphere is a bit worse than Polaris II (and there are living 22m colonists there by now), but it has some mineral deposits, most notably 17.3mt of Tritanium at 60% accessability and 16.7mt of Venarite at 70%, most other TN elements are there at 1mt+ as well, but with accessabilities of just around 10%. A few day later Commander Carey reports large mineral deposits on neighbouring moon 30 with the most important being 3.6mt Duranium at 100% accessability. And most of the system is still unexplored at this point. High command will have to be informed as soon as possible about this find and for a moment Commander Adams considers heading back to Polaris before having taken a look at the new JP. But having additional intel about neighbouring systems will ne needed to decide how to progress with a potential colony anyway she decided to keep heading for the JP about 5.7bn km away in the 90 days it is expected to take heading there and getting back to the Polaris JP a large amount of new survey data can be expected as well.
At the 5th of June the Agincourt arrived in the Cardiff system, the smallest system encountered so far. Just 4 planets and 5 comets orbit a single sun. The outermost planet has a distance of just 128m km form the sun. There are 3 terrestial planets and one super jovian (the 3rd planet) with none of them having a moon. Commanders Adams orders to head back to the Polaris JP after this first brief scan.
July: A glaring mistake is revealed about the current ship design, a grav survey sensor broke down on one of the Victories in London, but the ship's 86 maintenance supplies are not enough to repair the grav sensory which would need 100 supplies. Despite still having one operations sensor the ship is ordered back to Polaris for repairs and potential repairs will be considered a higher priority when designing the next ships. A newly build lab is assigned to Oliver Fuller's Spinal Mount project. With available workers on Polaris down to 1.1m instead of building new automines the old mines will be converted to automines instead, thus freeing up additional workers. A 5th civilian mine is set up at Comet#4.
-
August: A new shipping line, Sharp Company has been established, but with most civilian ships currently being used it is unknown how they expect to make a profit.
September: Geo survey of the Manchester system has been completed (geo-ships are ordered back to Polaris), showing decent deposits of most TN elements, with the largest/most
accessible being
Duranium - 1.3mt (80%) at Manchester A II moon 3
Neutronium - 9kt (100%) at Manchester A II moon 5
Corbomite - 372kt (50%) at Manchester A II moon 3
Tritanium - 89kt (80%) at Comet#4
Boronide - 263kt (70%) at Comet#4
Mercassium - 275kt (80%) at Comet#3
Vendarite - 548kt (60%) at Manchester A II moon 3
Sorium - 6mt (90%) and 28mt (80%) at Manchester A I and A III
Uridium - 175kt (90%) at Comet#4
Corundium - 436kt (100%) at Manchester A II moon 3
Gallicite - 88kt (60%) at Comet#2
December: 2 new Agincourt class ships were completed, the Akira Kurosawa and the Andrew Foote Prescott. They will relief Agincourt and Aardvark as tankers/temporary jump gates and allow those crews some well deserved rest. 1000t have been added to the slipway of Odonnel&Co naval yard and a second slipway is ordered. A small Hill Tribe outpost was detected at Polaris A IV, most likey a couple of mines. After some rest and refuel at Polaris the 2 Tribals from Manchester are ordered to help with the Survey of the London System.
At the end of 1957 Polaris population is at 577m (+10) and Polaris II at 24,7m (+4,0). 52 new construction factories were build (776) and 6 new automines with an additional 7 mines having been converted to automines (93). 1 research lab has been added (22).
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 50%, 25 labs/4 used (unchanged) - just finished Gauss Cannonn Velocity 2 and started Levitated-Pit Implosion Warhead (May 59)
Laura Little - EW 15%, 35 labs/5 used (+5 labs) - Turret Tracking 5000 (Jul 58)
Jason Stevenson - PP15%, 40 labs/6 used (+10 labs) - Ion Drive Tech (May 58)
Conor Wallis - DS 15%, 10 labs/5 used (unchanged) - Composite Armor (Jul 58)
Oliver Fuller - EW 15%, 10 labs/2 used - Spinal Mount (Oct 63)
Civilian Shipping - still growing, despite only 4-5 ships being used on average throughout the year:
Shepherd Corp - 13 ships (+1 - 610 income)
Godfrey Lines - 12 ships (+2 - 1380 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (20 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (no income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (new - no income)
Wealth is starting to be an issue with 14.6k earned (+0.4, 82% pop tax) and 16k spend (56% construction, 32% research).
-
First of all, happy new year to everybody.
1958
January: Civilian shipyard Simmons Enterprises reached 58kt, another 10kt are to be added.
February: With Polaris II having reached a population of 25m contracts to move 20 factories there via civilian shipping are drawn up. In addition 1200 Corbomite and Uridium and 1200 Duranium, 600 Tritanium and 600 Vendarite are moved there by transports to enable building 20 additional factories and 20 financial centers which should help with the current wealth problems (more financial centers will be added in the future). Another civilian mine has been added at Comet#4, bringing the total up to 6.
The current industry at Polaris II is producing civilian transport, entertainment products, furs and machinery while Polaris is producing chemicals, consumer electronics, machinery and recreational drugs.
March: After completing repairs Victory 1 heads back to London to continue looking for jump points. When the Victory reaches grav survey location #27 the rudimentary close range scanners are suddenly reporting a contact. A unknown ship design from a unknown race with a termal signature of 252 sitting right at the survey location, making it a likely grav survey ship as well. Captain Charlie Kaur - the most junior of the 5 captains currently serving in the navy - is unsure what to do at first, but since he hopes that the grav ship is as unarmed as his own vessel he decides to start the survey after having send out all avaiable data about the unknown ship to the Agincourt class (Akira Kurosawa) waiting at the jump point.
The ship is called the Mojokassa class for now and Captain Kaur tries to establish communication. When the news reaches Polaris a new diplomacy team is formed and everybody on the king's council is anxiously waiting for any new developement in the encounter with the first extra-Polaris race. The aliens answer Captain Kaur's hail, but it become clear that some time will be needed before any real communication can be established, but at least no shots have been fired and the aliens seem to be willing to talk. The news is quickly relayed to Polaris via the Akira Kurosawa. At the 22nd the alien ship suddenly moves away from the survey point and due to the poor sensors of the Victory neither its speed nor its heading can be learned.
At Polaris there is a huge discussion if the aliens are actually living in the London system or if they live somewhere else and just exploring the system as we are doing. With all planets in London having been surveyed and no signs of intelligent life (or even any life at all) have been found it seems most likely that they are from another system as well, unless one of the still unexplored asteroids or comets turns out to be their home planet, but given their size this seems very unlikely.
May: A new jump point is found in the London system and the Argincourt heads out to investigate. Communications have been established with the aliens, they call themself the Palikir Protectorate. Jason Stvenson completed research into Ion drives and is ordered to build a 500t military prototype.
June: The new JP in London leads to the Belfast system. It contains 4 planets (3 terrestrial, 1 gas giant - all of them without any moons) and 24 comets. Belfast A IV has a 163m km orbit around its sun. Agincourt heads back to London to have its report relayed back to Polaris. With the geo survey of London nearly completed the geo ships are ordered to Belfast. Aardvark is ordered to provide a gate from the Tribals already resting at Polaris and will be used as a tanker in Belfast. Research into Composite Armor is completed by Connor Wallis and since the academies have failed to provide any new scientists his team starts to research Small Jump Gate Construction Module. A new research labs has been build and is assigned to Connor Wallis. A 4th academy has been completed as well, hopefully providing additional scientists in the near future.
July: Laura Little completed Turret Tracking Speed 5000 and since there is still no suitable scientists she starts to work at Fire Controll Speed 2000. Another JP is found in London and Akira Kurosawa heads out to investigate. Geo survey of London (inner system) has been completed (there are still about 20 asteroids/comets more than 10bn km out), showing large deposits of TN elements.
Duranium - 3.5mt (100%) at London III moon 30
Neutronium - 200kt (100%) at London IC moon 4
Corbomite - 299kt (50%) at Comet#5
Tritanium - 17.3mt (60%) at the potential colony at London III moon 31
Boronide - 1.1mt (90%) at London III moon 30
Mercassium - 1.7mt (60%) at London III moon 30
Vendarite - 16.7mt (70%) at London III moon 31
Sorium - 348kt (100%) at London IV
Uridium - 77kt (100%) at Comet#24
Corundium - 321kt (90%) at Comet#24
Gallicite - 117kt (80%) at Comet#5
But despite this mineral wealth and London III moon 31 looking like a decent colony location the presence of the Palikir Protectorate makes the King's Council unsure if the colony should be established. But since a jump gate the civilians require is still some years away there might be enough time for better intel in order to make a more informed decision.
August: Grav survey of Manchester is completed showing no other jump points, making it a very good and safe location for the first outer-Polaris colony. The Victory heads to Polaris for an overhaul.
September: Akira Kurosawa arrived in the Birmingham system, a binary with 7 planets in orbit around Birmingham A and Birmingham B - in orbit roughly 8bn km out - having no planets. Birmingham I, II, III and V are terrestrial and the other planets gas giants. There are 71 moons, 29 asteroids in 5 comets in the system as well. Once the news from the Akira is relayed back to Polaris her commander, Commander Brooke Brennan is awarded the Order of the Explorer for her first jump into the unknown.
October: Another jump point is found in London, bringing the total up to 5. In the longer term this makes the system very interesting as a stepping stone to other systems, espcially with the good supply of TN elements, but as said before, the presence of aliens is a concern. By mid October finally a new scientist gruduates from the academy, Eleanor Singh who specialises in power and propulsion and despite her young age has all the markings of a brilliant scientist (25%, 20 labs), sadly this does not help with the missing specialists for construction and sensors. She takes over the prototype engine project which should finish later this month from Jason Stevenson who gets a single lab to work on Max Engine Power Modifier x1.25. After completing the military engine prototype Eleanor starts to look into lowering fuel consumption (0.8).
November: Another new scientist graduated from the academy, Matthew Short who specialises in biology and genetics and has great organisational talents (30 labs), but is only a medicore scientist (10%). At the moment there are no free labs and other research priorities, but in the medium term research into better terraforming techniques will be needed.
December: Simmons Enterprises expands its 2 slipways by another 10kt to 68kt, the without knowing what the size of new civilian ships is going to be needed it will continually upgrade from now on.
At the end of 1958 Polaris population is at 589m (+12) and Polaris II at 26,8m (+2,1) and Polaris IV moon 6 at 0,5m (+0,5). 54 new construction factories were build (810) and 11 new automines with an additional 16 mines (477) having been converted to automines (110). 1 research lab (23) and 1 new academy have been added (4). 20 factories were moved to Polaris II and 1 new factory has been build (21).
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 55%, 35 labs/4 used (+5%, +10labs) - Levitated-Pit Implosion Warhead (Apr 59)
Laura Little - EW 20%, 35 labs/5 used (+5%) - Fire control 2000 (Dec 59)
Jason Stevenson - PP 15%, 40 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Max Engine Power Modifier (May 61)
Conor Wallis - DS 25%, 10 labs/6 used (+10%) - Small Jump Gate Module (Nov 59)
Oliver Fuller - EW 15%, 10 labs/4 used (unchanged) - Spinal Mount (Feb 61)
Eleanore Singh - PP 30%, 20 labs/3 used (new) - Fuel Consumption 0.8 (Jan 60)
Matthew Short - BG 10%, 30 labs (new)
Civilian Shipping (overall income is down from 2010 to 1690):
Shepherd Corp - 13 ships (1160 income)
Godfrey Lines - 14 ships (+2 - 500 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (20 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (10 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (no income)
The wealth situation got slightly worse with stable income at 14.6k (84% pop tax) and 16.8k spend (+0.8k - 57% construction, 32% research).
-
1959
January: At the 8th of January Victory 1's long range sensors picks up energy emissions from a structure right at the unexplored jump point in the London system, but currently there is no ship at the Polaris JP to relay the news back to Polaris. Since the Agincourt class Andrew Foote Prescott is expected to arrive in London soon Captain Kaur decides to continue with his survey. Without any jump ship at the Polaris JP he would not be able to inform Polaris anyway. It seems likely that this new structure might be a jump gate similar to the one the Royal Society is working on. And possibly it is leading to the Palikir Protectorate's home system. As expected the Andrew Foote Prescott arrives a few days later and relays the news to Polaris. Commander Bates is ordered to stay at the jump point till Victory 2 has completed her overhaul and explore the jump point after the Victory has entered London. This would mean no quick communications back to Polaris till the survey of the Cardiff system is completed, but finding the Protectorate's home system seems worth the risk. And since it is theorised that a jump gate is needed at both ends of a jump point and without knowing if a gate is in place on the other side using one of the Tribals to investigate is no option.
February: During one of the daily communication jumps between London and Birmingham the Akira Kurosawa detects a Protectorate ship right at the JP in London. With a termal reading of 1500 it must be a huge ship and is called the Shiwa Nagandu class. Due to its size and position (pretty much what is expected from a gate builder) it seems likely that this ship has build the gate at the unexplored jump point is building one at the Birmingham JP now. What seems strange is that despite both other tribes having a military presence around the London JP most of the time no actual jumps have been detected for a couple of years. Maybe the unidentified wrecks found in the Liverpool system were jump ships from the other tribes and no new ones have been build.
April: Brooke Begum completed research into Levitated-Pit Implosion Warhead and is assigned 3 labs to look into Missile Agility 32, the remaining lab is assigned to Matthew Short to start research into better terraforming techniques (0.0012 atm).
May: A new research lab is completed and assigned to Eleanore Singh (fuel consumption). 2 Custer class ships from the Tundra Tribe (thermal 450, speed 2513, S120/R86) are watched jumping to London. Either those ships are jump capable themself or either the Hipper class (thermal 250, speed 1396, S70/R86) or the Prinz Eugen class (thermal 250, speed 1396, S70/R86) still sitting at the London JP in Polaris are jump ships. Victory 2 has completed her overhaul and heads to London to help with the grav survey, thus freeing up Andrew Foote Prescott to examine the unknown jump point in London as planned.
-
July: A new shipping Line, Doherty Transport Company, has been created and with all but 2 shipping lines already making no profits everybody is wondering why. Andrew Foote Prescott arrived in the Aberdeen system after using the unexplored London JP. Aberdeen is the first trinary system encountered, but only sun A has any planets. The inner 3 planets are terrestrial and the outer 2 gas giants. There are 23 moons, a staggering 300 asteroids and 5 comets in the system as well. The outermost gas giant has a distance of 774k km from the sun. But more importantly Commander Bates can identifiy 9 Hill Tribe wrecks of various classes on his long range scanners. While this makes it even more likely that Aberdeen is the Protectorate home system it also means that most likely the Hill Tribe and the Protectorate are at war with each other. And if Protectorate ships arrive in the Polaris system we can not be sure if we are not drawn into this war as well, despite having neutral and continually improving relations with the aliens. We will have to start a serious military fleet build-up soon, just to be prepared for the worst. After a quick jump back into London to make a report the Andrew Foote Prescott returns to Aberdeen to monitor the situation.
At least no jump ship will be needed at the London/Aberdeen JP since there is a gate at the other side as well. At the end of July the energy signature of what is now known to be a jump gate is picked up in the London system at the Birmingham JP where the huge Protectorate ship was seen earlier. We just have to hope that they will build a gate on the other side first and head for the Polaris JP when at least a couple of military ships are ready.
August: 2 additional jump points have been found in the London system, both showing the jump gate energy signature. Instead of waiting in Aberdeen Andrew Foote Prescott moves to investigate. But the placement of those gates offers a bit of hope as well, they are fairly close to the Aberdeen jump gate as is is Birmingham gate, but fairly far away from the Polaris jump point, maybe we will have a bit of time before the Protectorate arrives in Polaris. But the number of gates and the the fairly short time it took before the Birmingham gate was completed indicate that the Protectorate is either specialised in gate constuction or that they are technologically superior to us, the last being more likely. The first new gate lead to the Newcastle system, another binary, and there is a jump gate there as well. There are 5 planets around sun A and nothing around sun B. the planets are 2 terrestials and 3 gas giants with a total of 22 moons, there are 194 asteroids and 5 comets as well. Andrew Foote Prescott continues to the other new London JP. After transit Commander Bates and the crew of the Prescott arrived in the Leyland system, a small binary. Just one gas giant is in orbit around Leyland A and a single dwarf planet is in orbit around Leyland B, with B's orbit being 650m km for A. In addition there are 5 comets in the system. After this quick scan the Prescott heads back to London and the Polaris JP to finally inform high command about the latest findings, most importantly about the likely war between the aliens and the Hill Tribe.
September: Odonnel&Co naval yard completed its second slipway, adding 1000t to those slipways is ordered, bringing it up to 4000t. A 8th JP is found in the London system, but the Prescott will deliever here important news back to Polaris before checking it out. At the end of September the Prescott finally arrived back in Polaris and Commander Bates sends his report. The king immediatly orders a emergency joint session of the Royal Council, High Command and the Royal Society to discuss the distrubing news. Commander Bate is awarded the Order of the Explorer, but there are some voices in High Command who argue that he should have reported immediatly after learning that the aliens and the Hill Tribe are most likely at war.
During the emergency meeting it becomes clear quickly that despite still regarding anit-missile missiles as a waste of resources that those AMMs will be the only way to stop a potential alien attack on Polaris if the Protectorate decides to bring the war back to the Hill Tribe. With the current poor fire controls for beam weapons and lacking a sensor specialist it would just take too long to develope usefull anti-missile beam weapons against a technologically superior threat. But at the moment we are unable to even detect any enemy missiles, so a missile sensor has the highest priority for now. Research of Spinal Mounts will be paused and Oliver Fuller will use 5 labs to prototype a missile sensor which will be build by Patel&Rhodes. Due to the low sensor tech (strength 12, sensitivity 6) a 250t sensor will be needed to detect small missiles about 392k km away. It is expected that it will till early March 1960 before a working prototype is available. A missile launcher will be needed as well and Brooke Begum is ordered to pause his research into missile agility and start to work on a prototype immidiatly together with Chandler-Winter Industries. Due to the fairly basic tech involved and a AMM being fairly small a working prototype - size 1, 15sec reload - is expected in about 3 weeks. A basic magazin will have to be build afterwards (80 missiles) which should take about 3 month which should still allow enough time to develope the actual missile. And finally a missile fire control is needed and Matthew Short is ordered to pause his research into Terraforming to build a prototype. The sensor will have to be 100t and will have a slightly longer range than the actual missile sensor to allow for some potential ECM (470k km). The fire control should be completed at the end of February. Overall all needed components should be ready at the begining of March, the most likely weapon platform for the AMMs is a stationary planetary defense center, but only once all parts are available the engineers will be able to determine which platform will allow for the fastest construction.
October: Grav survey of London is completed, with 8 JPs found. Due to the Protectorates presence the survey will focus on systems right next to Polaris for now. And with the 2 unknown wrecks in Liverpool it is important to know if there are any jump points leading there. Geo survey of the Cardiff system is completed. Cardiff IV is a decent colony location with it being a terrestial planet with a temperature of -76°, 0.45 gravity and a 0.20 atmosphere with traces of Oxygen (0.01) and 0.16 Nitrogen. But there are no minerals present. The whole system barely has any minerals. After jumping back from Cardiff to London a new ship from the Shiwa Nagandu class is oberserved, most likely building another jump gate.
The geo survey of the Belfast system is completed as well - except for a couple of outer comets. Belfast IV looks like a good colony. It is a terrestial planet with a temperature of -35°, gravity of 0.40 and a thin atmosphere of 0.04 Oxygen and 0.12 Nitrogen. With a bit more of an atmosphere it would actually be a ideal colony. It even has some mninerals, most importantly a staggering 8.4mt Duranium at 80% accessability, in addition to 3.9 mt Corbomite (40%) and 2.8mt Uridium (80%). The gas giant Belfast II has 4.2mt Sorium at 80%. With the notable exception of Neutronium (no deposits) most other TN minerals can be found at average accessability. A good candidate for a colony in the future, but for not knowing its jump points yet and it being away 2 jumps from Polaris.
November: The Prescott arrived in the Lancester system. Lancester is very small, with just 1 terrestrial and 1 gas giant orbiting the sun in a max distance of 17.5m km. No moons are to be founs and there are just 5 comets. Prescott jumps back into London and heads for the Polaris JP. Sensors in London show a new jump gate at the Cardiff JP, the Protectorate really fast builders. Geo survey of the Birmingham system is about to be completed and there is a Shiwa class gate builder at the JP to London.
There are a couple of suitable colonies in Birmingham, with Birmingham III being the best. It is a terrestrial planet with a temperature of -90°, perfect gravity of 1.30, a perfect atmosphere of 1.36 Notrogen and 0.32 Oxygen. The only thing it is lacking is accessable minerals, it has huge quantities of Duranium (10.7mt), Tritanium (52.5mt) and Mercassium (24.3mt), but all at just 10%. Minerals are somewhat scares except for gigantic Sorium deposits at the gas giant Birmingham VI with 135mt at 100% and Comet#5 (currently 10bn km from the sun), which contains 56kt 100% Duranium, 73kt 50% Tritanium, 70kt 60% Boronide, 94kt 100% Mercassium, 366kt 90% Vendarite and 71kt 90% Gallicite. Overall a very interesting system, but right inside the Protectorates sphere of influence as can be seen by the jump gate under construction.
Conor Wallis completed research into Small Jump Gate Modules. The 6 labs are allocated to Jason Stevenson to help with getting a higher engine power modifier before the missile engine has to be prototyped. Eleanor Singhs team has completed research into Fuel Consumption 0.8 and starts to look into lowering it even further to 0.7, one of her 4 labs is assigned to Conor Wallis who starts to look into Ceramic Composite Armor.
December: Grav and geo survey of the Liverpool system was started. Laura Little has completed research into Fire Control Speed 2000 and continues with 3000. A new scientist graduates, Sam Harrison, the first Logistics/Ground Combat specialist (10%, 10 labs), he gets one lab from Eleanore Singh to take a look into Improved Command and Control.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 603m (+14)
Factories: 869 (+59)
Mines/automines: 458/129 (19 converted)
Labs: 24 (+1)
Academies: 4
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 3/8000, 2/3000
Commercial yards: 2/82900
Polaris II
Pop: 27.6m (+0.8)
Factories: 23 (+2)
Finance Centers: 1 (+1)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 1.1m (+0.6)
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 55%, 35 labs/1 used (unchanged) - magazine prototype (Feb 60)
Laura Little - EW 20%, 35 labs/5 used (unchanged) - Fire control 3000 (Sep 62)
Jason Stevenson - PP 15%, 40 labs/7 used (unchanged) - Max Engine Power Modifier 1.25 (Feb 60)
Conor Wallis - DS 25%, 10 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Ceramic Composite Armor (Sep 80)
Oliver Fuller - EW 15%, 10 labs/5 used (unchanged) - Active Search Sensor R1 prototype (Mar 60)
Eleanore Singh - PP 30%, 20 labs/2 used (unchanged) - Fuel Consumption 0.7 (Jun 62)
Matthew Short - BG 10%, 30 labs/2 used (+10%) - Missile Fire Control R1 (Feb 60)
Sam Harrison - LG 10%, 10 labs/1 used (new) - Improved Command and Control (Nov 74)
Civilian Shipping (overall income slightly up from 1690 to 1850):
Shepherd Corp - 14 ships (+1 - 500 income)
Godfrey Lines - 15 ships (+1 - 1190 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (30 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (70 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (no income)
Doherty Transport - 1 ship (60 income)
The wealth situation got slightly worse again, better income at 15.2k (+0.6 - 83% pop tax) and 17.9k spend (+1.1 - 58% construction, 32% research). With wealth reserves of 19.6k we can keep this up for a bit longer, but with the yearly deficit getting larger more financial centers are needed at Polaris II, soon. 50 additional factories and ressources for 50 additional financial centers will be moved to Polaris II.
-
OOC - Bloody dismissal bug took one captain and one commander, after having been replaced at their commands recently the game thinks they have been unused for 6 years+...
1960
February: Just 10 years after graduating from the academy Brooke Begum is considered the most brilliant mind in the history of the tribes at the young age of 31 years
(he is able to work 65% quicker than a average scientist and in addition he is able to potentially coordinate the work of 35 labs). Largely due to him our missile technology is
way ahead of other techs with the possible exception of engines. In recognition of his outstanding achievements he is awarded the Civilian Service Cross. Shah naval Yard
completed a 4th slipway and Jason Stevenson finished his research into Engine Power Modifier 1.25, the actualy missile engine prototype is next.
With 25% of the missile needed for the warhead and barely any fuel due to the short range and no need for advanced steering mechanism due to the still fairly poor missile
agility most of the remaining 75% of weight can be allocated to the engine. Thus a 0.74 engine with max power is designed, leading to a engine power of 1.11. With 4 lab
the engine will be completed in about 2 weeks. A few days later the missile magazine is completed. Brooke Begums starts to look into improving the Magazine Feed Efficiency to
85%. The missile engine and fire controls have been completed. Matthew Short restarts his Terraforming research with 1 lab while Jason Stevenson starts with prototyping a
new 1500t commercial engine which will be build by Anderson-Lord. 2 additional labs are allocated to Sam Harrison looking into Improved C&C. Brooke Begum interrupts his
research to prototype the new Viper I AMM, it has a speed of 22.2kkm/sec, but very poor agility, the chance to hit an enemy missile at 10kkm/sec are just 22%.
March: Research into the short range active search sensor prototype is completed. And Oliver Fuller resumes his Spinal Mount research, thus returning to his field of
expertise. 2 of the 5 labs that had been assigned to him are reallocated to Laura Little and another one to Eleanor Singh. With all components in place the new Fortress class
planetary defense base is designed and construction of 4 of those bases is started. Due to the currently low to hit chance of the Viper missiles each base will have 80 launchers,
with 1 search sensor and 2 fire control systems. The base is protected by 14 layers of Composite Armor. With 40% of our industrial capacity allocated it will take about 2 month
to build a base. 3 bases will be build on Polaris at first.
Fortress class Planetary Defence Centre 7 350 tons 264 Crew 947.8 BP TCS 147 TH 0 EM 0
Armour 14-33 Sensors 1/60 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 80
Intended Deployment Time: 1 months Spare Berths 1
Magazine 240
Chandler-Winter Size 1 Missile Launcher (80) Missile Size 1 Rate of Fire 15
Higgins-Alexander Missile Fire Control FC4-R1 (2) Range 4.3m km Resolution 1
Viper I (240) Speed: 22 200 km/s End: 9.3m Range: 12.3m km WH: 1 Size: 1 TH: 74/44/22
Patel & Rhodes Active Search Sensor MR3-R1 (1) GPS 60 Range 3.6m km MCR 392k km Resolution 1
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Planetary Defence Centre and can be pre-fabricated in 3 sections
2 jump points have been found in the Liverpool system, but up till now no indication to the cause of the two unknown wrecks has been found. The Agincourt under newly
promoted Captain Adams is ordered to investigate the jump points. A new research lab is completed and assigned to Brooke Begum. Realtions with the Protectorate have
improved to the point where they allow us trade access. But without knowing where exactly their planet is nor having any jump gate leading out of Polaris this is a little
practical consequence at the moment. But is reinforces that without the other tribes there would be no danger for us from the aliens.
April: A Shiwa class gate builder is detected in London at the Polaris JP, now we just have to hope that hostilities will not break out before our bases are ready.
When the Agincourt jump through the first JP in Liverpool Captain Adams is surprised that she finds herself in London, since presumably all JP in London have been explored.
But after jumping back and forth serval times is seems like this is a stable jump point, bringing the total number of jump points in London up to 9. Agincourt heads to the
second new JP. And another strange thing happened, instead of combined fleets from both other tribes guarding the Polaris/London JP only the Hill Tribe remains there while
the Tundra Tribe ships have moved on to the Polaris/Manchester JP with reasons for this unknown. When Agincourt transits the JP this time she ends up in Belfast, it begins
to look like the systems are fairy well interconnected by jump points. Agincourt stays in Liverpool in case of further new JPs and as a tanker for the survey ships.
May: With the Shiwa class still constructing the jump gate to Polaris the first Fortress PDC becomes operational. In addition to the stationary Fortress it was decided that a
mobile version would be build as well, the first real military spaceship of the Mountain tribe, the Ark Royal class. Its magazines will solve the problem of bringing missiles to
planets without any ordnance factories as well since it seems that it is impossible to transport missile by normal transports. Due to its intended in-system use a Lt. Commander
is considered sufficient to command a Ark Royal.
Ark Royal class Cruiser 8 000 tons 308 Crew 1004 BP TCS 160 TH 240 EM 0
1500 km/s Armour 1-35 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 80
Maint Life 2.2 Years MSP 157 AFR 256% IFR 3.6% 1YR 43 5YR 652 Max Repair 60 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 2
Magazine 480
Pearce Limited 120 EP Ion Drive (2) Power 120 Fuel Use 81% Signature 120 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 210 000 Litres Range 5.8 billion km (45 days at full power)
Chandler-Winter Size 1 Missile Launcher (80) Missile Size 1 Rate of Fire 15
Higgins-Alexander Missile Fire Control FC4-R1 (2) Range 4.3m km Resolution 1
Patel & Rhodes Active Search Sensor MR3-R1 (1) GPS 60 Range 3.6m km MCR 392k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
July: Another new scientist, but still no construction or sensor specialist - Thomas Poole has some skill in logistics/ground combat (10%) and is able to use 15 labs.
Geo survey of the Edinburg system has been started. Jason Stevenson completed the commercial ion engine prototype, he starts to look into Max Engine Power Modifier x1.50,
Thomas Poole is given 1 lab to look into Salvage Modules which look very useful with the wrecks found. The new engines are used to design a gate builder of our own, the
Charon class. Simmons Enterprises is ordered to build 2 Charons.
Charon class Construction Ship 32 500 tons 100 Crew 1059.4 BP TCS 650 TH 720 EM 0
1107 km/s Armour 1-90 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 20 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 60 months Spare Berths 2
Jump Gate Construction Ship: 360 days
Anderson-Lord 180 EP Commercial Ion Drive (4) Power 180 Fuel Use 9.9% Signature 180 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 430 000 Litres Range 24.0 billion km (251 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Geo survey of Liverpool is completed. The most habitable planet is Liverpool III, a terrestial with a temperature of -123°, gravity of 0.70 and Nitrogen/methane/Neon
atmosphere of 0.49. Some work would be needed to make it habitable and it is lacking any minerals. The system has hardly any minerals at all, the most notable exception
being 9.7mt of 60% Sorium at the gas giant Liverpool-A II.
August: A 4th JP is found in Liverpool and Agincourt moves to investigate. A second Fortress became operational. Agincourt arrived in the York system, which contains
only 1 terrestrial planet and 5 comets. The planet has a orbit of 492m km. Agincourt heads back to Liverpool. At the 27th new jump gates appear at the London/Belfast and the
London/Polaris JP, Prescott jumps to Polaris to observe the other tribes reactions to the likely arrival of the Protectorate's Shiwa class and report the new gates. There are
currently no other ships at the Polaris/London JP while the Polaris/Manchester JP is guarded by 2 Hill Tribe ships. For now the other tribes show no interest in the Shiwa.
September: With the 3 Fortress PDCs completed 3 pre-fab versions are ordered in addition to another commercial shipyard. The Shiwa has been unmolested so far,
either they are at peace now or a free jump gate is being seen as important enough not too interfere for now. Or there never actually was any war between the Protectorate
and the Hill Tribe and another unknown race destroyed those Hill ships in Aberdeen.
October: The next scientist - Bethany Fleming, missiles/kinetic weapons 10%, 20 labs max. The Odonnel&Co naval slipways have been expanded to 4000t. And by combined
efforts of our scientists and intelligence service in observering their ships we were able to learn about Max Engine Power Modifier x1.5 from the Palikir Protectorate. Jason Stevenson
starts to look at the other side of the spectrum - Minimum Engine Power Modifier x0.4 and Bethany Fleming continues the interrupted research into Missile Agility 32.
December: At the 24th a Longsword-J of the Hill Tribe with active sensors heads towards the Polaris/London JP where the Shiwa is still trying to build a jump gate. We only
know of a single Longsword-J in service of the Hill Tribe, it has a mass of 9650t, a thermal signature of 200 and is using S96/R85 active sensors with a range of 82mkm, making it
a likely missile ship. Its observed max speed is 1035km/sec. It seems like the Longsword jumped to London, but due to our poor sensors we can not be sure, maybe they just
deactivated their active sensors. But at least no shots have been fired at the Shiwa.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 617m (+14)
Factories: 854 (-15 due to 50 having been moved to Polaris II)
Mines/automines: 446/141 (12 converted)
Labs: 25 (+1)
Academies: 5 (+1)
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 3/8000 (+1/0), 2/4000 (0/+1000)
Commercial yards: 2/82900 (0/+8500)
Thermal: 15.6k (Hill Tribe 17.4, Tundra Tribe 16.9)
EM: 44.4k (Hill Tribe 47.6, Tundra Tribe 47.0)
Polaris II
Pop: 25.6m (-2.0)
Factories: 78 (+55)
Finance Centers: 5 (+4)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 5.8m (+4.7)
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 65%, 40 labs/5 used (+10%, +5 labs) - Magazine Feed Efficiency 85% (Jan 61)
Eleanore Singh - PP 30%, 20 labs/3 used (unchanged) - Fuel Consumption 0.7 (Jun 62)
Matthew Short - BG 25%, 30 labs/1 used (+15%) - Terraforming 0.0012 atm (Feb 66)
Conor Wallis - DS 25%, 15 labs/1 used (+5 labs) - Ceramic Composite Armor (Sep 80)
Laura Little - EW 20%, 40 labs/7 used (+5 labs) - Fire control 3000 (Jan 62)
Oliver Fuller - EW 15%, 10 labs/2 used (unchanged) - Spinal Mount (Nov 62)
Sam Harrison - LG 15%, 10 labs/3 used (+5%) - Improved Command and Control (Jul 64)
Jason Stevenson - PP 15%, 40 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Min Engine Power Modifier 0.40 (Jun 63)
Bethany Fleming - MK 10%, 20 labs/1 used (new) - Missile Agility 32 (Dec 63)
Thomas Poole - LG 10%, 20 labs/1 used (new) - Salvage Module 500 (Jun 75)
Civilian Shipping (huge jump in income, mainly due to Polaris VI Moon 6 - 1850 to 5845):
Godfrey Lines - 20 ships (+5 - 3040 income)
Shepherd Corp - 17 ships (+3 - 1775 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (160 income)
Doherty Transport - 1 ship (560 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (155 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (155 income)
Wealth continues to take a dive, but the gap got smaller. Income at 19.2k (+4.0 - 66% pop tax) and 20.4k spend (+2.5 - 52% construction, 29% research).
Wealth reserves are at 18.4k.
-
1961
January: Brooke Begum completed research into Magazine Feed Efficiency 85% and continues with Reduced Sized Launcher 75%. Sam Harrison and Eleanor Singh are assigned 1 new
lab each.
February: The Shiwa class has completed the Polaris/London gate, it took just about 5.5 month, indicating they the Protectorate is in posession of Gate 180 technology. 4 Hill
Tribe combat ships and 14 Bismarck class ships from the Tundra Tribe (likely transports - 20150t, 773km/sec speed) are moving towards the new gate to London. Learning where
the transports are heading should be interesting. The Prescott is ordered to follow them once they reach the gate, but fails to follow them through the gate due to being
unable to tell the exact time of the jump and its basic sensors failing to pick them up again in London. Prescott heads back to Polaris to report new gates at the Lancester
and Belfast JPs, making colonisation in Belfast-A IV with is huge Duranium deposits and fairly easy terraforming a possible move. 2 transports are ordered to load some
infrastructure from Polaris II and a colony ship starts to load colonists. One they are ready they will head to Belfast IV to establish a colony there. In addition we offer
contracts for moving 100 infrastructure form Polaris II to Belfast IV, but are not sure if the civilian lines will take them. With a small Godfrey freighter heading from
Polaris II towards the London JP it looks like it. Another contract is offer for bringing 100 infrastructure to London III Moon 31 in preparation for another colony at this
major hub system.
5 Von Roeder class ships of the Thunda Tribe head towards the gate as well, with a tonnage of 32850t and a speed of 474km/sec those might be colony ships, with their lower
number making this more likely than the Bismarcks being colony ships. Prescott is ordered to try to follow those, but fails to pick up their signatures after transit.
March: Grav survey of Liverpool has been completed, 4 jump points have been found.
April: When jumoing into Belfast there is a Shiwa class which has build a gate. Trying to find the Protectorate homeworld became a priority in order to allow additional trade
which should be a huge boost to wealth. Tribals are send to Aberdeen with the Agincourt to be used as a tanker.
May: Brooke Begum completed research into Reduced Size Launcher 75% and continues with 50%.
June: The frist extra-Polaris colony has been established at Belfast IV, but since the colony ships is lacking the fuel to head back to Polaris it is stranded there for the
moment. It is largely hoped, that the abundant civilian ships play a major role in getting new colonies up and running anyway after they have been established. With a couple
of Hill Tribe wrecks in the orbit of Aberdeen III it looks like a good location for the alien homeworld, one of the Tribals is send there.
With Tribal 1 getting within 80mkm of Aberdeen III suddenly 2 warships appear on its sensors, but they are not from the Protectorate, but rather an new alien race, likely
living in Aberdeen. Both ships are using what appears to be S196/R92 active sensors. Commander Andrew Hanson at the Tribal 1 orders all engines stopped and tries to establish
communications. He feverently hopes tries to avoid anything that might provoke the Aberdeen aliens who seem to react poorly to provocations as can been seen by the numerous
Hill Tribe wrecks. As the most senior commander in system Isabelle Carvey - commanding Tribal 2 - orders all other ships to finish their current assignments and then head
back to London JP. The aliens ships are observed to be moving at a speed of 4475km/sec, roughly twice what the Tribals are capable of. 10 minutes after trying to establish
communications Tribal 1 is hit by 7 small missiles, all ships are ordered to cease whatever they are doing and head to the jump point right now, it seems that we found an
enemy here and not all alien races are as peacefull as the Protectorate. Agincourt makes a quick jump back to London to have this news relayed to Polaris. 8 minutes later
Tribal 1 is struck by another 7 missiles, so far the ship is holding up, but Commander Hanson is killed when a missiles hits the bridge. The next wave of missiles destroys
the engine and the crew abandons the ship. 24 crew make it to the life pots, 18 have been killed. Only hours after the destruction of the Tribal the emissions from the life
pods ceased. The crews of the other Tribals have mixed feelings about this, on the hand heand it means that their fellow crewmen have been most likely rescued from certain
death, on the other hand it means that they have been captured by an aggressive alien race. The remaining Tribals continue to race towards the jump point at full speed,
hoping that their fairly small size will keep the aliens from picking them up on their sensors.
When High Command learned about what happened in Aberdeen there was another emergency meeting, but it was realised fairly quickly that other that avoiding the Aberdeen system
and trying to establish communications there is nothing that can be sone for now. The proximity of the Aberdeen/London JP to London III is of huge concern.
The first 4 Ark Royals should be completed in about 1 year, but with the speed the Aberdeen aliens showed even the Viper I AMM would only have a chance of about 50% to hit those ships, not
to even start to think about their missiles. Despite this loss finding the Protectorate hoemworld is still a high priority and considering the collected data and having
survey a couple of systems already it seems possible that the homeworld in in the Newcastle system. The remaining Tribals and the Agincourt are send there. Despite no obvious
Protectorate wrecks maybe they are at war with the aggressive Aberdeen aliens themself or maybe they are willing to help fighting against them.
All ships made it out of Aberdeen without further losses.
Tribal 3 is in the Stevenage system heading towards Stevenage A when the scanners suddenly detect 163 termal contacts with a strength of 160. Right after the detection the
aliens suddenly open fire and Tribal 3 is stuck by energy weapons. Just 5 hits for 5 damage are taken in and Commander Roberts full flank speed back to the jump point. 5
seconds later another 5 energy beams hit the Tribal, bypassing all armor and destroying the ship. 14 survivors make it to the life pods in time. The Prescott flees back to
Polaris and makes a report, luckily there is no jump gates, so Polaris should be save for now, but 163 ships whose weapons can not be stopped by armor and are moving at
10000km/sec are the largest threat yet faced by the Mountain Tribe. We are trying to establish communications with those aliens as well. It begins to look like aggressive
aliens are the norm and the peaceful Protectorate are an exception. Stevenage is declared off-limits until either peaceful communication can be established or a way has been
found to deal with the mass of alien ships there.
July: A small Tundra Tribe colony is discovered at Newcastle III. With its temperature of 90°, gravity of 1.17 and 1.29 atmoshere it looks like a good terraform candidate,
about 0.30 Methane and Sulphur Dioxiode would have to be removed first and some Oxygen and Greenhouse Gases added, but then it would be perfect. The only drawback is that
except for large quantities of Sorium - 122mt at 80% - no other TN minerals have been detected, but with the large number of moons and asteroids in Newcastle it seems very
likely that the other minerals can be found in system as well. A contract is put up for transporting 100 infrastructure from Polaris II to Newcastle III, thus establishing a
colony of our own there as well. Even in the unlikely case that no other minerals are found it will be a good refueling station.
August: Communication attempts with the Stevenage aliens, now called Swarm due to their large number of ships - are stopped since not even a single signal has been received
from them. In contrast the Aberdeen aliens have tried to establish communication with us, but it seems impossible to find any way to talk to each other, no further attempts
will be made.
September: With all planets and moons in Newcastle surveyed it seems unlikely that this is the Protectorate home system due to not finding any form of life except for the
Tundra colony - and no minerals except for more Sorium as well. It seems likely now that the homeworld is more than 1 jump away from London, so further grav survey will be
needed. With better sensors and faster ships just allowing them to trade with us and then simply following their ships might work as well, but further research is needed
before we are able to try this. With the 3 pre-fab Fortresses completed they are shipped to Polaris II.
October: After completing her overhaul Victory 2 heads to Newcastle to look for jump points. With the 6th academy completed the freed up capacity is allocated to additional
labs, if we are to have any chance against those aliens better tech is the key.
November: 3 Protectorate ships are detected at the London JP in Polaris, the computer assigns them the class name of Calumba, at the moment nothing is known except their
thermal of 750 which indicates medium to large ships. The Calumbas start to head towards Polaris and with a speed of 1142km/sec they look like freighters. 3 additional
Calumbas appear at the at the same JP a few minutes after the first, moving towards Polaris, too. It seems like another Tribe opened up trade with the Protectorate. We will
try to follow those ships back to their homeworld once they leave, but without any better sensors it seem unlikely that we will be able to succeed.
December: Research into Reduced Sized Launcher 50% was completed, Brooke Begum starts to look into Reduced Launcher Size 33%. Since we need better sensors to follow the
transports Matthew Short interrupts his Terraforming research to prototype a 300t R500 search sensor, it will have a range of about 96mkm. As expected earlier following the
Protectorate freighters had failed.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 631m (+14)
Factories: 894 (+50)
Mines/automines: 436/151 (10 converted)
Labs: 27 (+2)
Academies: 6 (+1)
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/8000 (+1/0), 2/4000
Commercial yards: 2/91400 (0/+8500)
Polaris II
Pop: 27.8m (+2.2)
Factories: 82 (+4)
Finance Centers: 10 (+5)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 6.5m (+0.7)
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 65%, 40 labs/3 used (unchanged) - Reduced Size Launcher 33% (Feb 63)
Eleanore Singh - PP 30%, 20 labs/4 used (unchanged) - Fuel Consumption 0.7 (Feb 62)
Matthew Short - BG 25%, 30 labs/5 used (unchanged) - sensor prototype (Jun 62)
Conor Wallis - DS 25%, 15 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Ceramic Composite Armor (Sep 80)
Laura Little - EW 20%, 40 labs/5 used (unchanged) - Fire control 3000 (Jan 62)
Oliver Fuller - EW 15%, 10 labs/2 used (unchanged) - Spinal Mount (Nov 62)
Sam Harrison - LG 15%, 10 labs/3 used (unchanged) - Improved Command and Control (Mar 64)
Jason Stevenson - PP 15%, 40 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Min Engine Power Modifier 0.40 (May 63)
Bethany Fleming - MK 10%, 20 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Missile Agility 32 (Dec 63)
Thomas Poole - LG 10%, 25 labs/2 used (+5 labs) - Salvage Module 500 (Aug 68)
Civilian Shipping (income went down from 5845 to 2920):
Godfrey Lines - 22 ships (+2 - 1870 income)
Shepherd Corp - 18 ships (+1 - 890 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (40 income)
Doherty Transport - 2 ship (+1 90 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (10 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (20 income)
Wealth continues to take a dive, gap got larger again due to less shipping/trade tax. Income at 17.4k (-1.8 - 79% pop tax) and 22.5k spend (+2.1 - 51% construction, 28%
research). Wealth reserves are at 13.2k.
-
1962
January: Research into Fire Control Speed 3000 is completed, without any sensor specialists Lura Little takes over Spinal Mount
research while Oliver Fuller starts to develope a point blank beam fire control with a tracking speed of 12kkm to be build by
Gordon&Gray taking less than 2 weeks. Afterwards Bethany Fleming the labs to design a prototype gauss cannon with a rate of
fire of 3 and a range of 20kkm which will be build by Doyle Systems. A new commercial shipyard was completed and construction
of a new naval shipyard has been started. The first Fortress PDC became operational at Polaris II.
February: Research into Fuel Consumption 0.7 completed, Eleanor Singh starts to look into Max Power Modifier x1.75 with 3 labs,
the remaining lab is assigned to Matthew Short to continue looking into Terraforming while Oliver Fuller replaces him with the
sensor prototype research.
March: Geo survey of Newcastle has been completed, overall a big disappointment, there are about 10k of each mineral scattered
across all the asteroids, making it very hard to set up any decent mining operation. So Newcastlers main value will be as a
refueling station.
April: Gauss cannon research completed, next up is a turret for the cannon. A quad turret is going to be build since what we
are lacking in high tracking speed should be made up by the the number of projectiles from a quad turret. The turret itself
weights nearly as much as a single cannon, so overall weight is a bit below 1500t. For the turret Bethany Fleming and Oliver
Fuller switch projects so that at least Oliver Fullers expertise can be used on the turret while we are still lacking any
sensor specialist so it does not matter if a EW or a BG specialist tries to finish the sensor prototype.
May: With Polaris starting to run out of workers and wealth further in decline another 50 factories are contratec to be moved
to Polaris II with minerals for another 50 financial centers. The 4 Ark Royals have been build and a new taskgroup is formed
under the command of Captain Kai Daniels. The newly found Homefleet starts task force training immediatly.
June: Prototype R500 sensor completed, Bethany Fleming takes 3 labs to continue looking into Missile Agility 32 while the other
2 are allocated to Salvage Module 500 and Improved C&C. The new sensor gets incorporated in a improved Victory design, which
will have dual roles. It can survey grav points as the previos Victory, but in addition it is able to detect and follow large
ships up to a range of 96mkm. 2 are ordered from Odonnel&Co. and should be completed in about 1 year.
Victory Mk2 class Gravitational Survey Vessel 3 000 tons 62 Crew 440.5 BP TCS 60 TH 180 EM 0
3000 km/s Armour 1-18 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/2/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 0
Maint Life 4.24 Years MSP 184 AFR 36% IFR 0.5% 1YR 16 5YR 246 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 48 months Spare Berths 1
Anderson-Lord 180 EP Commercial Ion Drive (1) Power 180 Fuel Use 9.9% Signature 180 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 130 000 Litres Range 78.8 billion km (303 days at full power)
Mellor-Harding Limited Active Search Sensor MR96-R500 (1) GPS 36000 Range 96.6m km Resolution 500
Gravitational Survey Sensors (2) 2 Survey Points Per Hour
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
August: Shah naval yard added 1000t to its slipways who are at 900 now, another expansion by 1000t is ordered. We got some
readings about the other tribes population again, Tundra 17.7k thermal, 49k EM, Hill 18.2k thermal, 49.5 EM, we are at 16.3k
thermal and 46.2 EM on Polaris itself.
September: The 2 Charon class gate builders are completed, Charon is sent to the Manchester JP and Styx to the Liverpool JP.
October: Research into Spinal Mounts completed, now we need some beam weapons for them, Laura Little starts to look into
Visible Light Lasers. A new jump point was found in the Edinburgh system and the Akira Kurosawa moves to take a look.
November: Research into Reduzed Size Launcher 33% completed, Brooke Begum continues with 25%. Gould Dockyard naval yard
completed, an additional slipway is ordered and a new naval yard is under construction. Akira Kurosawa arrived in the Swansea
system, a binary without any additional bodies.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 646m (+15)
Factories: 888 (-6, 50 moved to Polaris II)
Mines/automines: 436/151 (10 converted)
Labs: 29 (+2)
Academies: 6
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/9000 (0/+1000), 2/4000, +1/+1000
Commercial yards: 2/91400, +1/+23800
Polaris II
Pop: 28.0m (+0.2)
Factories: 136 (+54)
Finance Centers: 18 (+8)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 7.2m (+0.7)
Scientists/projects:
Brooke Begum - MK 65%, 40 labs/4 used (unchanged) - Reduced Size Launcher 25% (Aug 64)
Eleanore Singh - PP 30%, 20 labs/4 used (unchanged) - Max Engine Power x1.75 (Mar 64)
Matthew Short - BG 30%, 35 labs/1 used (+5%, +5 labs) - Terraforming 0.0012 atm (Dec 65)
Conor Wallis - DS 25%, 15 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Ceramic Composite Armor (Sep 80)
Laura Little - EW 20%, 50 labs/2 used (+10 labs) - Visible Light Laser (Feb 65)
Bethany Fleming - MK 20%, 20 labs/3 used (+10%) - Missile Agility 32 (Feb 63)
Sam Harrison - LG 20%, 10 labs/5 used (+5%) - Improved Command and Control (May 63)
Oliver Fuller - EW 15%, 10 labs/4 used (unchanged) - quad gauss cannon turret prototype ((May 63)
Jason Stevenson - PP 15%, 40 labs/1 used (unchanged) - Min Engine Power x0.40 (May 63)
Thomas Poole - LG 10%, 25 labs/4 used (unchanged) - Salvage Module 500 (Jun 65)
Civilian Shipping (income went down from 2920 to 2170):
Godfrey Lines - 23 ships (+1 - 1170 income)
Shepherd Corp - 19 ships (+1 - 785 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (10 income)
Doherty Transport - 2 ships (80 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (30 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (25 income)
With less civilian shipping wealth keeps going down, the trickle of new financial centers is not enough to compensate. Income
at 17.1k (-0.3) and 22.6k spend (+0.1). Wealth reserves are at 7.9k. Opening up trade with the Protectorate might help here,
but we want to have ships able of following the transports back to their homeworld first.
-
1963
February: Bethany Fleming completed Missile Agility 32 and starts looking into Fusuion-boosted Fission Warheads. Due to the
growing fleet the Mountain Tribe has its first Rear Admiral, 39 years old George Yates whos career was focused on leading the
survey missions from Fleet Command and he made some friends in politics while doing so.
March: Geo survey of Glasgow completed, while Glasgow-A III would make a decent colony (cost 2.0) the system is lacking in mineral
ressources.
May: Edinburg grav survey completed, just the 2 JPs. Research is completed for Improved C&C and construction of a Sector
Command is started immediatly, it should be finished in December. The Quad Gauss prototype and Minimum Engine Power x0.4 were
completed as well. The Resolution class is designed, a 8000t AMM cruiser with 3 huge quad gauss turrets and a tracking speed of
12k, what the Resolutions lacks in accuracy is hopefully made up by pure point blank range firepower. It range is lacking, but
getting a AMM beam ship earlier is very important at the moment, we can worry about more fuel efficient engines later. 4
Resoltuions are ordered at Shah Shipbuilding and construction should be helped by already having 16 pre-build engines, the
1000t expansion that was currently worked at is scrapped.
Resolution class Cruiser 8 000 tons 201 Crew 1074 BP TCS 160 TH 480 EM 0
3000 km/s Armour 1-35 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 3 PPV 87.54
Maint Life 1.16 Years MSP 252 AFR 170% IFR 2.4% 1YR 192 5YR 2877 Max Repair 170 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 4
Pearce Limited 120 EP Ion Drive (4) Power 120 Fuel Use 81% Signature 120 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 450 000 Litres Range 12.5 billion km (48 days at full power)
Quad Doyle Systems Gauss Cannon R2-100 Turret (3x12) Range 5 000km TS: 12000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 2 ROF 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Gordon & Gray Fire Control S0.5 2.5-12000 (1) Max Range: 5 000 km TS: 12000 km/s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Patel & Rhodes Active Search Sensor MR3-R1 (1) GPS 60 Range 3.6m km MCR 392k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Sam Harrison starts to look into Boat Bays with 3 labs, Oliver Fuller in 12cm Lasers with another 3 labs and Jason Stevenson
into Capacitor Recharge Rate 2 with 3 labs, the final lab is allocated to Thomas Poole who is currently looking into Salvage
technology.
June: A luxury spaceliner from Godfrey Carrier Lines is heading out of the Polaris system, for some time there had been offers
for cruises into the London system, but so far there have not been enough people interested in taking a look at a new star
system, this seems to have changed now. It will be interesting to see if this will establish a new trend. The Charon completes
the Polaris/Manchester gate 112 days earlier than expected - just 248 instead of 360 days - Commander Alexandra Randall
receives a commendation for her superb work.
July: Construction of the 2 new Victory Mk2 classes, the Beagle and the Bloodhound was completed, we enabled trade with the
Protectorate hoping to find the homeworld by having our ships following the traders. Beagle will wait for the Protectorate
while Bloodhound moves to the London JP, trying to catch and shadow some Bismarck class ships from the Tundra Tribe who leaft
Polaris a few days earlier. The Vic2s should have 3 times the speed of the old Bismarcks. 2 additional Vic2 are ordered, once
they are finished they will replace the old Victories. Styx completed the construction of the Liverpool gate 94 days ahead of
time, a feat which earned Lt.Commander Nathan Nicholls a commendation as well. Unsurprisingly the Bloodhound did not find the
Bismarcks, only after having arrived in the London system Commander Philips realised that High Command had missed to inform him
of the fact that the Bismarck only had a tonnage of a bit over 20kt, too small for his sensors to detect. He will stay at the
JP anyway and scan for arriving or leaving ships.
August: One slipway has been added to Gould naval yard bringing them up to 2 at 1000t each, another slipway is to be added.
Odonnel&Co. added 1000t to its slipways, bringing them up to 5000., no further expansions at the moment due to money getting
low. New naval yard Barker&Marsh has been completed.
September: Construction factories on Polaris II are completed, due to the financial situation building will be focused on
financial centers now. Due to those problems building garrison units at Polaris is stopped as well. There is a Protectorate
Calumba at Polaris and the Beagle is ordered to follow, but it seems like this Calumba has some technical problems, at least it
is not moving anywhere.
October: Calumba still at Polaris, but it seems like civilian traffic is better this year than the last, about half the
civilian fleet seems to be moving around at the moment. Victory 1 completed her overhaul is moving to Glasgow for a grav
survey.
November: Construction of Improved Command & Control has been completed and the King assigns Henry Storey as Governor of
Polaris Sector, he has some skill at wealth creation, mining and population growth programs and a little bit of knowledge about
shipbuilding techniques, but it is hoped that he will improve substantially with this new post. The Protectorate regards us as
friends now and will share future geo survey data with us. With still no movement from the Calumba at Polaris the Beagle is
ordered to grav survey Glasgow while Bloodhound is ordered back to Polaris in cse the Calumba starts to move or other
Protectorate tradeships arrive. Grav survey of Newcastle was completed, there is only 1 jump point in the system, which would
help with the defensibility of the system once we have the time and ressources to start/expand the colony on Newcastle III.
December: 8 Calumbas entered the Polaris system, hopefully they will leave again soon and Bloodhound will be able to follow.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 662m (+16)
Factories: 901 (+13)
Mines/automines: 402/185 (34 converted)
Labs: 32 (+3)
Academies: 6
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/9000, 2/5000 (+1000), 2/1000 (+1), +1/+1000
Commercial yards: 2/91400, 1/42400 (+9400)
Thermal: 17.3k, Tundra 18.1k, Hill 18.9k
EM: 48.3k, Tundra 50.3k, Hill 51.1k
Polaris II
Pop: 28.2m (+0.2)
Factories: 140 (+4)
Finance Centers: 31 (+13)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 8.1m (+0.9)
Scientists/projects - trying another format here, any preferences?:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0012 atm
Construction: - / -
Defense: 35% / Ceramic Composite Armor
Energy: 20%, 15% / Visiable Light Laser, 12cm Laser
Logostics: 25%, 10% / Boat Bay, Salvage Module 500
Missiles: 65%, 20% / Reduced Size Launcher 25%, Fusion-boosted Fission Warhead
Power: 35%, 15% / Max Engine Power x1.75, Capacitor Recharge 2
Sensors: - / -
Civilian Shipping (up from 2170 to 2600):
Godfrey Lines - 24 ships (+1 - 1540 income)
Shepherd Corp - 19 ships (940 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (no income)
Doherty Transport - 2 ships (80 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (20 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (20 income)
Income at 18.4k (+1.3) and 23.3k spend (+0.7). Wealth reserves are at 2.7k. Something has to happen soon, hopefully the
Calumbas will generate some additional trade and lead us back to their homeworld.
-
Formatis still slightly off for smaller displays like tablets, but a few characters less on each line should do the trick.
-
Your Resolution class won't work, a fire control needs a range of at least 10,000 km to function. It should be pretty easy to fix and refit any you've already built.
-
Thx, would have been embarassing to have a anti missile ship which is unable to fire ;).
Btw, any other report anybody would like to see? Still unsure about the format and details here as well.
-
1964
January: It seems like the Protectorate crews like Polaris, they dont seem to want to leave... A few days later a Calumba started to move, but sadly in the direction of Polaris II, not back home.
February: Research into Boat Bays completed, Sam Harrison continues with Hangars. Simmons Enterprises added a 3rd civilian slipways, no further expansion for now, expansion of the single slipway at Crawford Corp. is stopped as well. At the 16th 9 Calumbas start to move towards the London JP, Bloodhound is following them. In London the Calumbas are moving with a heading of 62°, making lagrange point 2 in London V's orbit around the sun the most likely destination for now. Charon completed the Manchester/Polaris gate and is ordered to build a gate at the Polaris/Glasgow JP. Our long range sensors keep detecting Hill Tribe warhsips jumping into the Stevenage system, but so far none of them came back (OOC: and we all know what it means if you keep feeding the Swarm, this will get ugly).
March: Max Engine Power x1.75 was completed, Eleanor Singh starts to look into Stellarator Fusion Reactor Technology which promisses better engergy output for our future laser weapons in addition to potential ways towards better engines in the long run. A new energy weapon specialist (3rd one) gradeuated from the academy, Alexandra Moran is already fairly skilled despite being fresh from the academy (25%), but she lacks any administrative skills (5 labs). She is assigned one of Eleanor Singh's labs and starts to research means to Reduce Laser Size to 75%. Bloodhound loses sight of the Calumbas when the jump through the lagrange points, but picks up their signatures without any problems on the other side, the new heading is 116°, indicating that they are heading for the Leyland JP. Leyland looked looked like the 2 planets around Leyland-B would not be able to support life when we visited the system, so most likely the journey will lead to a undiscovered jump gate.
April: The Calumbas took the Leyland gate as expected, they continue on a course of 248° which leads into open space as far as we know, a undiscovered jump gate seems very likely now. Styx completed the Liverpool/Polaris jump gate and will start to set up a gate connecting Liverpool to London. Brooke Begum completed research into Reduced Size Launcher 25% and starts to look into Box Launcher, which will bring the size down to just 15%, but a base or carrier will be needed to rearm the launchers. A new jump point has been found in Glasgow, Prescott is ordered to investigate.
May: After having followed the Calumbas for 1 month through the Leyland system at a speed of 1142km/sec the expected emissions of a jump gate are detected by Bloodhound 96mkm dead ahead. Commander Philips orders to accelerate tp 3000km/sec and take a look at the new system, hoping it will turn out to be the Protectorate home system. Even though neither fuel nor the crew's morale are of concern at the moment a change from the bordedom of following slow freighters should be nice.
The gate leads to the Londonderry system, which contains nothing but a single G2-V star with roughly the same mass as the sun of Polaris. It seems like Bloodhound's voyage is not over yet. The new heading is 260°. With a 3rd 1000t slipway being added to Gould naval yard all expansions have been completed till new means of income have been found
Oxford has a single sun and 7 planets, an innermost dwarf planet followed by 2 terrestials, a super jovian with a number of moons, a dwarf planet with 1 moon, a gas giant with moons and finally another dwarf planet with a moon. In addition there are 80 asteroids and 5 comets in the system. With the two terresstial most likely being inside the potentially habitable zone at 18m and 44m from the small and weak M4 sun, taking a closer look here might be worth it.
July: As expected another jump gate is detected in Londonderry, flying ahead of the Calumbas again Bloodhound emerges in the Cambridge system, and simply due to the little warship armada guarding the jump point this looks like the Protectorate home system. Cambridge has a single class A7 sun and 7 planets. The innermost 3 are all terrestial (for a sun of this size likely to close to be habitable), Cambridge IV is a gas giant with a number of moons, V another terrestrial and with a 625mkm orbit most likely in the habitable zone, VI a dwarf and VII another gas giant with moon. In addition there is 1 asteriod in the system, between V and VI. Cambrige V is at least a myjor colony, but most likely the home planet, Bloodhounds basic sensors show a thermal of 26.6k and EM of 75.4k from the planet and 5.4mt of ship yards in orbit, giving about 50% more industry and population that any Polaris Tribe. The planet has a Nitrogen/Oxygen atmosphere of 0.66 with a gravity of 0.84, average temperature is 82°, which would mean a colony cost of 2.18 for us. It seems like our traders learned from their Protectorate counterparts about the location of Cambridge V as well, because with nobody but the crew knowing about Cambridge at the moment a large quantity of civilian ships are heading towards London. Bloodhound starts its trip back to Polaris to make its report.
With wealth below 1k 5000 Viper I missiles are scrapped, leaving only the missile currently in the tubes of the chips and platforms, about 650cr were gained, but it seems doubtfull that this will be enough. Due to the distance between Polaris and Cambridge V revenues from trade will not really be helpfull as well. We need a better civilial economy modifier quickly. In addition 50 factories and ressources for 50 financial centers are moved to Moon 6 and Polris starts to build financial centers.
2 Victory IIs have been completed and once the old Victories head back for overhauls they will be scrapped. The new Victories - Airedale and Afghan - start a grav survey of the Oxford system. Except for the 4 Resolutions all ship yards are idle at the moment.
September: The Bloodhound returned to the Polaris system and Commander Philips made his report. For finding 3 new systems he is awarded the Order of the Explorer and for finding the Protectorates homeworld he got a commendation as well. Hostile Aberdeen aliens have been detected in York close to York I, making it very likely that there is a jump point connecting Aberdeen and York. Commander Carey orders all ships to head back to the jump point at full speed immediatly. Tribal 5 is destroyed by 3 waves of 44 strength 1 missiles, the other ships make it back to the jump point and head to Polaris, informing High Command of yet another dangerous system. Only 3 survivors made it to the life pods and there is no chance to rescue them.
October: Thomas Poole completed research into Salvage Module 500, he will start to look into means to improve the civilian economy, despite having no expertise in this field. 4 Vulture class salvagers are ordered despite the wealth problems, with all the hostile aliens around we need better tech fast. Maybe some components can be scrapped for money as well. While Simmons Enterprises will have to retool from the Charon class Crawford Corp. can start construction right away.
Vulture class Salvager 44 100 tons 165 Crew 768.2 BP TCS 882 TH 900 EM 0
1020 km/s Armour 1-111 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
MSP 0 AFR 8820% IFR 122.5% Max Repair 200 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 0
Cargo 25000
Salvager: 1 module(s) capable of salvaging 500 tons per day
Anderson-Lord 180 EP Commercial Ion Drive (5) Power 180 Fuel Use 9.9% Signature 180 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 470 000 Litres Range 19.4 billion km (219 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
No additional jump points were found in Glasgow, one is leading to Polaris, the other to York. Beagle heads to Polaris for an overhaul while Victory 1 will be scrapped.
November: When the Afghan and Airedale reached Oxford they saw the wreck of a Tundra class warship, they jumped back and report, another system off-limits till we can learn more about what happened.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 677m (+15)
Factories: 851 (-50 to Moon 6)
Mines/automines: 351/236 (51 converted)
Labs: 33 (+1)
Academies: 6
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/9000, 2/5000, 3/1000 (+1), 1/1000
Commercial yards: 3/91400 (+1), 1/44800 (+2400)
Polaris II
Pop: 30.5m (+2.3)
Factories: 140 (+4)
Finance Centers: 47 (+16)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 9.0m (+0.9)
Factories: 50 (from Polaris)
Finance Centers: 2 (+2)
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0012 atm
Construction: - / -
Defense: 45% / Ceramic Composite Armor
Energy: 25%, 20%, 15% / Reduced Size Laser 75%, Visible Light Laser, 12cm Laser
Logistics: 25%, 10% / Hangar Deck, Expand Civilian Economy (CP)
Missiles: 65%, 20% / Box Launcher 15%, Fusion-boosted Fission Warhead
Power: 35%, 15% / Stellerator Reactor, Capacitor Recharge 2
Sensors: - / -
Civilian Shipping (down from 2600 to 2540, likely due to the long distance to Cambridge V):
Godfrey Lines - 26 ships (+2 - 980 income)
Shepherd Corp - 19 ships (1310 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (no income)
Doherty Transport - 2 ships (80 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (90 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (80 income)
Income at 20.7k (+2.3) and 23.7k spend (+0.4). Wealth reserves are at 0.3k. The only thing that can be turned into wealth would be the missiles inside the ship/platform magazines, and they will yield about 400cr at best. No mine conversion at Polaris for the moment and most industrial capacity will be focused on finance centers and if all else fails less than the available industrial capacity will have to be used.
Edit: Mixed up the System, the Victories had orders to grav Survey Oxford, not York and it was there that they found the wreck.
-
1965
January: Charon completed the Polaris/Glasgow gate and starts to build the Glasgow/Polaris counterpart. Current monthly
wealth deficit is about 200cr, due to the trade with Cambridge there will be peaks, but it seems that the only way to avoid
negative wealth will be to stop using some industrial capacity for some time. Installation construction cost about 1k each
month at the moment.
February: Laura Little completed Visible Light Laser and continues with Near Ultraviolet Laser. Using just 40% of Polaris
industrial capacity for now leads to a slightly positive income. It will be raised again when the income situation allows
for this. Styx has completed the Liverpool/London gate and heads into London to build the counterpart. Oliver Fuller
completed 12cm Laser Size and continues with 15cm, Jason Stevenson compleetd Capacitor 2 and continues with 3. The 4
Resolution class anti-missile gauss cruisers have been completed as well and start training.
March: 10 Grendel class ships from the Hill Tribe arrived in Polaris via the Manchester gate, with the tonnage of 22850t
and slow speed of 958km/sec they look like transports. While they are to small for a Victory II to follow them the most
likely bodies in Manchester for a colony are Manchester II Moon 6 and Manchester III, Afghan is ordered to take a closer
look at both. As suspected there is a small Hill Tribe colony at Manchester II Moon 6. Due to no other entrance to
Manchester than through Polaris it is a nice system with some decent mineral deposits, but at the moment there is not much
we can do about the Hill Tribe there. The Victories are ordered to grav survey the Leyland system, which should be fairly
safe due to all the civilian traffic passing through it to Cambridge without any incidents.
April: Finally a new science graduate, but sadly still neither specialisted in construction nor in sensors. Joe Atkins is a
missile/kinetic weapons specialist (10%) able to utilise 30 labs at once. Currently there are no labs available for him.
Using 50% of Polaris factories still yielded a positive income due to reduced costs, utilisation is raised to 60%.
June: With the grav survey of Leyland nearly completed the first ships head to Londonderry to search for jump points there.
The first Vulture class salvager is completed, with 2 unknown wrecks in Liverpool and Liverpool deemed save the Vulture
heads there to salvage those 2 wrecks.
July: A new jump point with a gate has been found in the Leyland system, the Aardvark is ordered from Polaris to travel
through the gate. Leyland grav survey completed, no additional jump points found.
August: A new jump point was found in the Londonderry system, Aardvark will head there next.
September: The Leyland JP leads to the Dundee system, it contains a single T5 star. But with a gate on this side as well it
seems likely that there is another gate somewhere in the system. Charon completed the Glasgow/Polaris gate and is ordered
to build a gate at the Polaris/Edinburgh JP. Vulture completed its first salvage, the unknown 9650t ship had a jump drive
and we gained some knowledge about improved jump drive efficiency from it, nothing else was found. The unknown 19300t ship
will be next.
October: The salvaged unknown ship had Thermal Sensors with a sensitivity of 6 and a little bit about their design was
learned during the salvage, but other than that nothing else have been found or learned. Vulture heads back to Polaris to
unload the salvaged minerals and information. The Londonderry gate leads to the Oxford system which has another gate,
Captain Khan is a bit surprised that the wreck has vanished, it looks like the aliens who destroyed the ship are using
salvagers as well. Aardvark uses the gate back to Londonderry. That Oxford is connected to our trade route to Cambridge V
is of some concern since we dont know if/when the aggressive aliens suspected in Oxford might enter Londonderry to disrupt
our trade. At the same time a new gated jump point is found in Londonderry and Aardvark heads there.
November: Styx completed the London/Liverpool gate, next will be the Liverpool/Belfast gate. With 2k wealth again and
positive income - mainly due to close to 100 finance centers having been build on Polaris in addition to the trade tax -
construction is set back to normal. All civilian ships except for a couple of colony ships are constantly in use now.
Despite the long distance involved having found the Protectorate homeworld provided the income bonus that has been hoped
for.
A new scientist graduated from the academy, Anna Heath is a construction specialist (yeah, finally, the first one in
15 years) able to lead 20 labs. She is assigned to continue the work on improving the civilian economy from Thomas Poole.
Thomas Poole gets 1 lab to look into Large Fuel Tanks and Joe Atkins gets 1 lab as well to look into improving Ornance
Production by 20%. Expansion of Odonnel&Co. naval yard from 5000t to 6000t is started. The new gate from Londonderry leads
to another gate in the Sheffield system. Long range scanners show a single K3 star with a innermost dwarf planet, 2
terrestrials (with the 2nd one at 89m which might be the habitable zone around such a small star), followed by a super
jovian and a gas giant each with a couple of moons, another terrestrial followed by a gas giant with some moons. In
addition 17 asteroids and 5 comets are in the system. The 2 remaining Tribals are send to take a closer look at the planets
and Aardvark jumps back into Londonderry to provide fuel for the grav survey ships.
December: Due to the longer ranges involved in system surveys, the low number of remaining Tribals and advances in
technology the Tribal Mk2 class is designed. 3 ships will be build once Simmons Enterprises has completed building the 3
Vultures. The Tribal Mk2 will have more than 50% more speed, more than twice the range and 1 additional month of deployment
time for just 300t additional tonnage. Due to its small size and fairly powerful engines it willbe the fastest ship in the fleet.
Tribal Mk2 class Geological Survey Vessel 2 500 tons 45 Crew 339.8 BP TCS 50 TH 180 EM 0
3600 km/s Armour 1-16 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/2 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 85 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 30 months Spare Berths 0
Anderson-Lord 180 EP Commercial Ion Drive (1) Power 180 Fuel Use 9.9% Signature 180 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 150 000 Litres Range 109.1 billion km (350 days at full power)
Geological Survey Sensors (2) 2 Survey Points Per Hour
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Matthew Short completed research into better terraforming techniques (0.0012 atm) and continues to look for further
improvements (0.0015 atm). Once the finance centers have been completed at Polaris II and Moon 6 the first terraforming
complexes will be build on both worlds, but this is still some years away.
Another new jump point with a gate has been found in Londonderry and Aardvark heads there to investigate, due to having
refuled the grav survey ships she will had back to Polaris afterwards. Agincourt will replace her in Londonderry. With the
grav survey of Londonderry nearly completed the first Victories start to move into Sheffield.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 693m (+16)
Factories: 858 (+7)
Mines/automines: 349/238 (2 converted)
Labs: 34 (+1)
Finance Centers: 99 (+99)
Academies: 6
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/9000, 2/5000, 3/1000, 1/1000
Commercial yards: 3/91400, 1/44800
Polaris II
Pop: 32.0m (+1.5)
Factories: 140
Finance Centers: 65 (+18)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 10.0m (+1.0)
Factories: 50
Finance Centers: 7 (+5)
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 15% / Expand Civilian Economy
Defense: 50% / Ceramic Composite Armor
Energy: 25%, 20%, 15% / Reduced Size Laser 75%, Near Ultraviolet Laser, 15cm Laser
Logistics: 25%, 10% / Hangar Deck, Fuel Storage - Large
Missiles: 65%, 20%, 10% / Box Launcher 15%, Fusion-boosted Fission Warhead, Ordnance Production 12BP
Power: 40%, 20% / Stellerator Reactor, Capacitor Recharge 3
Sensors: - / -
Civilian Shipping (up from 2540 to 4090, should still go up a bit with the Liverpool gates providing a slightly quicker
route to Cambridge and older/slower ships getting replaced and new ones build):
Godfrey Lines - 27 ships (+1 - 1790 income)
Shepherd Corp - 19 ships (1290 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (420 income)
Doherty Transport - 2 ships (130 income)
Lloyd T&T - 3 ships (170 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (290 income)
Income at 24.0k (+3.3) and 21.7k spend (-2.0). Wealth reserves are at 2.7k. Spending will go up again now that construction
is largely back to normal and more ships are build and ship yards expanded again.
-
1966
With communication being a constant problem due to the large distances and especially the jumps between systems involved the
Royal Society has pondered the problem for quite some time. In the end a fairly simple solution came up, at least for the
systems that have our own or at least friendly jump gates. A transmitter device would be placed at each jump gate which -
upon receiving a certain code sequence - would record a message/file. This file would be stored inside a small drone which
is sent through the gate and docks at a similar transmitter at the other gate. There the file would be transmitted to the
intended target. If the target ship is not inside the system the transmitter would transmit the file to all other gate-
transmitters in system who would repeat this process with their own gate counterparts. Thus somewhere down the line the
intended ship is reached and since the message is stored for some time duplicate signals would be avoided, without this the
system would simply crash due to constantly resending the same message by all stations that are unable to reach the
intended target.
But this system has a couple of shortfalls, the biggest one being message integrety/security. There is no way to ensure
that the messages might not have been tampered with, wrong messages might be send or important messages being suppressed.
So while this system provides a very fast means of communications it can not be deemed safe. So no highly classified
messages should be send this way. And disrupting the system by simply destroying the transmitters is very easy, too. Naturally no
ships currently outside the range of the gate Network can be reached at this time. But messages will be stored and once a ship's
transponder signal is received by the transmitter the message is send out.
With the fairly large number of friendly gates already built by the Protectorate and our own growing number of gates most
of currently known space will be within reach of this gate-transmitter network. In order to add some layer of security a
encoding system should be developed which changes the codes in fairly short intervalls. While this would still not help
with messages potentially being suppressed it should lower the chances of important messages being read or fake messages
being sent. High Command approves of this plan and orders all gates to be fitted with transmitter devices. It is expected
that the network should be completed by the end of the year. In the meantime a encoding system will be developed.
January: No additional jump points have been found in Londondeery, a total of 5 have been found.
February: The remaining gate in Londonderry lead to the Notthingham system, a large trinary with fairly small and weak
suns. There are 5 planets in orbit around A, 2 terrestrialsand 3 gas giants with a couple of moons. B has 3 planets, all of
them terrestrial with moons around the 3rd planet. C has 3 planets as well, all of them super jovians with moons around II
and III. In addition there are 61 asteroids and 6 comets. Overall a fairly interesting looking system, but with distances
of up to 21bkm to the suns B and C and without any lagrange points travelling here will take lots of time. Low priority for
further exploration at the moment.
The 3 Vultures have been completed and construction of the 3 Trbal Mk2s is started. With the large trade income of the
civilian shipping lines another line has decided to enter the competition, John Transport and Trading, and their first ship
is a colony ship, the only type of vessel which is mostly idle at the moment.
March: Sam Harrison completed research into Hangar Decks, once box launchers have been completed a carrier based navy is
now a possibility, but without any better sensors there is not much use for long range strike capabilities by fairly small
craft. Sooner or later we will have to research better sensors even if no sensor specialist graduates. Sam Harrison starts
to look into Smaller Engineering Sections with 3 labs while the 4th is assigned to Eleanor Singh to speed up the research
for better reactors.
April: Another science graduate, Conor Booth, specialised in logistics and ground combat (10%) and able to lead 25 labs.
Another new shipping line, Lawson Container Company. 2 new jump points with gates have been found in Sheffield, Agincourt
moves to explore. Another gated JP was found in Sheffield.
May: Agincourt arrived in the Newport system, the jump point has a gate on this side as well. Newport is a large binary,
with A - a K2 - being 25% smaller than the sun and B - a L3 - a dwarf about 5bkm away from A. A has 7 planets, 4 inner
terrestrials, with II and III potentially inside the habitable zone followed by a gas giant with 34 moons, a dwarf planet
and another gas giant with 43 moons. B has no planets, in addition there are 5 comets in the system. Agincourt returns to
Sheffield and the next gate. Another gated JP is found in the meantime, the 5th.
Agincourt arrived in the Peterhead system, as became the norm around the Protectorate homeworld there is a gate here as
well. Peterhead is a small system with a F4 star a bit larger than our sun and about twice as bright. It has 3 terrestrial
planets with a single moon around the 2nd planet. In addition there are 5 comets. Agincourt heads to the next gate.
June: Sheffield geo exploration completed, terrestrial planet A-III looks very interesting, no so much due to minerals -
like the rest of the system there are actually milions of tons, but only at 10% accessability - but due to a partially
intact colony that has been found. Commander Isabelle Carey is not sure what the implications of this find are, but she
knows that High Command has to be informed as qucikly as possible and Tribal 2 heads back to Polaris to report.
This is the kind of report that will most likely always be send by ship. Sorium is available at an accessability of 80% at the gas giants.
Agincourt arrived in the Douglas system which has a gate back to Sheffield as well. The single sun is a G8, roughly to same
mass, but half the luminosity of our sun. There are 9 planets with the innermost terrestrial followed by a moonless gas
giant and another terrestrial which might be habitable at a distance of 122mkm form the sun orbited by 2 moons. Next is a
dwarf planet followed by another gas giant with 16 moons and a super jovian with 25 moons. VII is another super jovian with
6 moons and the outermost planets are dwarf planets. In addition there are 17 asteroids and 5 comets. Overall a very
interesting looking system as well. Agincourt heads back to Sheffield.
And another scientist graduated, Kian John, he specialised in construction/production (still no sensors, sigh...) with a
research bonus of 20% and is able to use 5 labs. He takes over Civilian Economy research from Anna Heath who keeps 1 lab to
look into Shipbuilding Rate 560.
Grav survey of Sheffield completed, there are 5 jump points.
-
July: Charon has completed the Polaris/Edinburgh gate and jumps into Edinburgh to build the counterpart. Agincourt arrived
in the Brighton system, the first system for quite some time without a gate at the other side. Most likely since it is a
system with a heavy nebula (level 9) and thus of low interest to the Protectorate. There is a single terrestial planet in
orbit around the still very small and young sun, but it might be habitable. In addition there are 5 comets. Brighton has a
very low priority for now due to the heavy nebula. Agincourt jumps back and heads for the Douglas system.
August: Styx has completed the Liverpool/Belfast gate and jumpt to Belfast to build the counterpart. When the Bllodhound
arrived in Dundee for its grav survey it detected gate emissions from fairly close to the Leyland gate it just emerged
from, so there is at least 1 other jump point in Dundee. Brooke Begum has completed Box Launcher 15% research, he starts to
take a look into Missile Reload Rate 3 which should help with the rate of fire of future missile cruisers. 1 lab is
assigned to Connor Wallis to help with research new armor. Another gate is detected in Dundee by Bloodhounds sensors.
While the currently used transport relay chain to move messages around faster is not as fast as the new system will be it
is still faster than a single ship. At least as long as the message is directed towards Polaris, reaching a moving ship
with this system is very hard and thus rarely tried except in extreme circumstances. Thus just about 1 week after the
Bloodhound had sent the news about the first additional gate in Dundee to the transport closest to the gate in Leyland the
message arrived at Polaris and the Prescott is ordered to investigate and provide additional fuel for the survey ships.
September: Tribal 2 arrived in Polaris and Commander Carey informed High Command via tight-beam communications about the
ruins they found. A joint session of The Royal Council, High Command and the Rocal Society was called and it was decided
that those ruins have to be explored as soon as possible. 2 xenologist teams were assembled, the first led by 21 year old
Lt.Commander Dylan Murphy who is just 10 month out of the academy, but already has a reputation for having a knack at alien
languages. The 2nd team is led by Lt.Commander Patrick Coles, a highly educated language specialist who helped with
establishing and improving communications with aliens before. Tribal 2 moves to Polaris for refueling and picking up the
Xeno teams. Commander Carey, a 42 year old veteran of the navy and on the list on promotion to Captain receives a
commendation for having found the ruins on Sheffield III.
October: 1000t were added to Odonnel&Co. slipways, another 1000t are ordered. A new gated jump point was found in Douglas.
November: Dundee grav survey completed, 3 jump points averall. Bloodhound will start to grav survey Birmingham next. Geo
Survey of Douglas I showed 246mt of Duranium at 90% accessability, lots of other metals as well, but only at 10%. This
looks like a very interesting system for sure despite there currently being no shortage of Duranium.
Prescott arrivied in Blackpool via the Dundee gate, sadly no gate at this side, most likely due to Blackpool being a level
2 nebula. There are 15 unknown wrecks here, raning in tonnage from 2650t up to 70300t right at the JP, most likely a gate
builder. There are a couple of wrecks right in the orbit of Blackpool II around the G2-class sun, indicating that it is
inhabited or at least guarded. Overall there are 4 planets in Blackpool, with I and II terrestrial and possibly in the
habitable zone, III is a dwarf and IV a gas giant with the only moons in this system, 16 of them. In addition there are 5
comets. Prescott jumps back to Dundee to investigate the other gate and arrives in the Inverness system.
This time there is a gate at the other side. Inverness has a single G7 sun and 7 planets. All 5 inner planeta are
terrestrial with IV possibly inside the habitable zone. VI is a gas giant with 13 moons and VII a dwarf. In addition there
are 5 comets. Prescott head to Sheffield to provide fuel to the explorers in the surrounding systems.
A 3rd and 4th gated JP have been found in Douglas.
December: With the geo survey of Douglas III in progress the crew of Tribal 4 is getting more and more exited. The planet
is not just right inside the sun's habitable zone with its orbit of 122m, but it has a breathable Nitrogen/Oxygen
atmosphere of 0.94 atm as well. Together with a temperature of -29° and a gravity of 0.97 Douglas is a prefect world for
us. There are 16mt of 70% Duranium there as well and 21kt of 70% Boronide. And a Ruined Outpost has been found here as
well, the scientists aboard the Tribal suspect that the ancient installations might help us in researching new
technologies. The system survey is not completed yet, but while most minerals can be found here few are above 10%
accessability. In addition no Sorium has been found yet to refuel our ships, but the gas giant and super jovians have not
been survey yet. But even without complete information High Command has to be informed immediatly.
The main problem will be getting colonists and equipment here since its distance of 5 jumps from Polaris will prevent
civilian shipping from going here. A new transport and colony ship design is needed with better range. But at least for the
transports we will wait if any of the discovered gates will provide a shorter route. Due to this the Cryo Mk2 will be
designed, it has enough fuel to make the journey to Douglas and return to Polaris. Simmons Enterprises will be retooling to
build the new Cryo Mk2.
Cryo Mk2 class Kolonizator 18 600 tons 115 Crew 920.4 BP TCS 372 TH 540 EM 0
1451 km/s Armour 1-62 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 31 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 0
Cryogenic Berths 50000 Cargo Handling Multiplier 5
Anderson-Lord 180 EP Commercial Ion Drive (3) Power 180 Fuel Use 9.9% Signature 180 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 700 000 Litres Range 68.4 billion km (545 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
With the grav survey of Douglas close to completion Beagle moves to unknown gate 1 and will wait there for the Agincourt to
explore this new gate which should happen shortly.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 709m (+16)
Factories: 911 (+53)
Mines/automines: 328/259 (21 converted)
Labs: 37 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100 (+1)
Academies: 6
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/9000, 2/6000 (+1000), 3/1000, 1/1000
Commercial yards: 3/91400, 1/44800
Polaris II
Pop: 33.4m (+1.4)
Factories: 140
Finance Centers: 84 (+19)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 11.0m (+1.0)
Factories: 50
Finance Centers: 12 (+5)
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 20%, 15% / Expand Civilian Economy, Shipbuilding Rate 560
Defense: 50% / Ceramic Composite Armor
Energy: 25%, 20%, 20% / Reduced Size Laser 75%, Near Ultraviolet Laser, 15cm Laser
Logistics: 25%, 20%, 10% / Engineering Section - Small, Fuel Storage - Large
Missiles: 65%, 30%, 10% / Missile Launcher Reolad 3, Fusion-boosted Fission Warhead, Ordnance Production 12BP
Power: 40%, 20% / Stellerator Reactor, Capacitor Recharge 3
Sensors: - / -
Civilian Shipping (down from 4090 to 3790):
Godfrey Lines - 30 ships (+3 - 1350 income)
Shepherd Corp - 22 ships (+3 - 1470 income)
Payne Transport - 2 ships (280 income)
Doherty Transport - 3 ships (+1 - 170 income)
Lloyd T&T - 4 ships (+1 - 320 income)
Sharp Company - 3 ships (180 income)
Lawson Container - 2 ships (20 income)
John T&T - 1 ship (no income)
Income at 26.2k (+2.2) and 23.5k spend (+1.8). Wealth reserves are at 5.4k. Finance Centers account for 17% of the income
with shipping and exports for another 8%. Installation construction is responsible for 55% of the costs, followed by
research at 36%.
Does anybody know if 2 Xeno teams check for success individually or if only the better team would make the checks? Not that it matters anymore since one of the teams will be moved to Douglas now, but it would be interesting to know.
-
1967
The test of the new gate communication system was successfull, it took a message send by a freighter just leaving Cambridge
just 6 hours to reach Polaris.
January: Grav survey of Douglas completed, there are 4 gated jump points.
February: The 1st gate in Douglas brought Agincourt to Plymouth, no gate on this side. Plymouth is a binary with a F8 sun
rougly the same as ours and a very small T8 in orbit around it. There are 9 planets in orbit of sun A and none around B.
The 6 innermost planets are all terrestrial with 2 of them likely in the habitable zone with orbits of 120mkm and 159mkm.
VII to IX are gas giants with a couple of moons. In addition there are 52 asteroids and 5 comets. While the Victories enter
Plymouth Agincourt moves to the next gate in Douglas. Beagle suddenly has 2 contacts on her sensors, previously unknown
ship classes from the hostile Aberdeen aliens, all ships in Plymouth are ordered to switch off their sensors and head back
to the JP immediatly, hoping that Agincourt will be back before they are found.
The new alien ship class is called Dragon, it has a tonnage of 9650t, S280/R92 sensors which will help the Victories due to
being just 3000t, but their speed of 8454km/sec will mean certain doom for the way slower Beagle. In order to keep the
aliens away from the other ships and the JP Commander Holloway decides to move Beagle away from the other ships. For some
reason the Dragons are heading away from the Beagle, soon contact is lost and so far no enemy missles have been detected.
Maybe the Dragons are scout vessels, but at 9650t and with strong active sensors this seems unlikely. On the other hand
this might explain their high speed and strange behaviour. With every passing minute Commander Holloway is more certain
that those were unarmed grav survey vessels and they have not been trying to attack his ship, but rather survey the grav
point where he just arrived. When all remained peaceful after 1 day all ships are ordered back to their surveys.
In a way seeing Aberdeen ships in Plymouth is a good sign, with their likely home system just 2 jumps from Polaris there
might be another and more importantly a short connection between Polaris and Douglas than currently known. But on the other
hand being able to use that connection would surely involve dealing with the aliens first and the speed of their ships make
them at least 1-2 tech levels above what we are currently using.
About 1 week after the incident with the aliens Beagle is suddenly hit by 8 strength 8 missiles which destroy the ship.
Only 12 crew make it to the life pods in time, Commander Holloway is not among the survivors. It still seems likely that
the Dragons were survey ships, but it seems like they have armed backup inside the system. When detectiong the explosions
the remaining Afghan and Airedale switch off their sensors and pray that they can escape notice till Agincourt gets back.
The area where Beagle was destoyed is to be avoided. 4 days later the signals of the life pods stop, the crew is either
dead or captured, a fate the remaining 2 ships try to avoid, but they know that the Agincourt is not due to be back for a
couple of months.
March: Charon has completed the Edinburgh/Polaris gate and heads back to Polaris for some rest and refueling. The 2nd gate
in Douglas leads to the Southhampton system, is has a small single L5-class sun and 3 planets and there is no gate here. 2
gas giants and 1 dwarf planet. In addition there are 10 comets in the system. Agincourts heads to the 3rd gate.
The 3 new Tribal Mk2 have completed construction and are send towards the new exploration hub around Sheffield. On Polaris
construction of 2 new academies was started, hopefully this will lead to the elusive sensor specialist sooner rather than
later.
April: The 3rd gate in Douglas leads to Aberdeen and there is no gate here, but the JP might explain the aliens presence in
Plymouth. The amount of wrecks seem to have even grown larger. This some of them being fairly close to each other it is
hard to be sure, but there seem to be around 50 wrecks overall. If we can get rid of the Aberdeen aliens this would open up
a means to have civilians travel to Douglas since via Aberdeen it is just 3 jumps away from Polaris. Agincourt jumps back
to Douglas and to the Plymouth gaet to provide fuel for the survey ships. A new jump point has been found in Plymouth, the
ships are still staying away from where the Beagle was destroyed and are running without active sensors.
On the 13th of April Aaron Heath graduates from the academy, he is the brother of construction/production specialist Anna
Heath and 1 year her junior. But the most important thing is that he specialises in sensors and fire control (20%). He is
able to utilise 5 labs. He is given 4 labs and starts to look into Grav Sensor Strength 16. The order for 2 academies is
cut by 1 and the capacity allocated to it lowered as well.
Styx finished the Belfast/Liverpool gate and heads to Polaris for some rest and refueling.
June: The new Tribals entered Newport for geo surveys. And the next new shipping line - Clements Carrier Corporation - is
established, bringing the toal up to 9. A 2nd jump point has been found in Plymouth, again no gate.
September: New slipways completed at Gould Dockyard and Barker & March, both naval yards who are supposed to specialise
into gunboats and corvettes later on. Gould is ordered to add 1000t and Barker & March another slipway. Sam Harrison
completed research into Engineering Section - Small, fitting with the small ship theme quite nicely. He starts to look into
Fuel Storage - Tiny next. Agincourt jumps to Plymouth to signal the survey ships that she is back, but with the wreck of
Beagle on the sensors fairly close it becomes quite hard to decide what to do next. With the Captain still recovering from
an accident 26 years old Commander Black has the helm. Since operating without using active shields and being the same size
as the Victories she decides to try to explore the 2 unknown jump points instead of jumping back to Douglas. Maybe one of
those jump point leads closer towards home. But first she jumps back into Douglas and sends a report back to Polaris via
the gate network.
Except for a single comet the geo surveys of Douglas and Newport have been completed. Douglas has an abundance of Duranium
with 246mt 90% at Douglas I and 16mt 70% at the ruin/colony world of III, except for Gallicite and Vendarite the other
element are present at 40kt+ at 50%+ accessability. There are 6mt Sorium at 80%. Newport III is a potential colony as well,
at -97° it is just too cold and the 0.39 atm lacks some Oxygen with making up just 14%, but it should be fairly easy to
change that once terraformers are up. There are no minerals at Newport III and the system lacks most of the metals as well.
October: Brooke Begum completed Missile Launcher Reload 3 and starts to look into Missile Agilty 48, with the speed
advantage of the aliens we will need better missile agility to hit them. 1 lab is assigned to Connor Booth who has had no
project till now, he will start to look into troop transport bays since we will need troops to guard our far away colonies
from invasion. A 3rd jump point has been found in Plymouth, again no gate.
November: Agincourt arrived at Dartmouth, there is no gate on this side of the jump point as well. Dartmouth is a small
system with a single small Mt sun and 3 planets. A innermost super jovian followed by a gas giant and a dwarf planet with a
single moon, in addition there are 5 comets. Agincourt jumps back to Plymouth and heads to the next jump point.
A new scientist graduated, Charlie Hutchinson, he has no specialisation (MK at 0%), but is a very good Xenogist (30%), with the ruins
we have found recently he will join one of the additional teams that will be formed once Bloodhound completes her overhaul
and move the teams to the ruins. A 5th jump point has been found in Plymouth and this one has a gate, maybe that is where
the aliens arrive in the system. We will have to be very careful in approaching this jump point and due to this will only
move there once the other jump points have been investigated. Grav survey of Plymouth is completed, 5 jump points overall,
1 with a alien build gate. Afghan and Airedale moved away from the survey points and sit as silent as possible in space
while they wait for news from the Agincourt.
December: Research into Civilian Economy has been completed by Kian John, wealth should now be no problem for some time.
With Duranium slowly becoming a problem he will look into imroving Mining Production to 14t.
The next JP from Plymouth leads to the Stevenage system, no gate there. This is nice on the one hand since this will mean a
short route between Polaris and Douglas, and bad on the other hand due to the Swarm in Stevenage. Agincourt jumps back and
moves to the next jump point.
The Protectorate grants us their grav data from now on. And another sensor/fire control specialist graduates, Ellis Cross
(10%), she can utilise 20 labs. She starts to look into EM Sensor Sensitivity 8. With Bloodhound having completed her
overhaul the 2 new Xeno teams are loaded and she heads towards Sheffield III. Afghan and Airedale are in need of an
overhaul as well, but are currently stuck in Plymouth.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Polaris
Pop: 727m (+18)
Factories: 962 (+51)
Mines/automines: 308/279 (20 converted)
Labs: 40 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 6
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/9000, 2/7000 (+1000), 4/1000 (+1), 2/1000 (+1)
Commercial yards: 3/91400, 1/44800
Polaris II
Pop: 32.0m (-1.4)
Factories: 140
Finance Centers: 101 (+17)
Polaris VI Moon 6
Pop: 13.0m (+2.0)
Factories: 50
Finance Centers: 17 (+5)
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 20%, 15% / Mining Production 14t, Shipbuilding Rate 560
Defense: 50% / Ceramic Composite Armor
Energy: 25%, 20%, 20% / Reduced Size Laser 75%, Near Ultraviolet Laser, 15cm Laser
Logistics: 25%, 20%, 10% / Engineering Section - Small, Fuel Storage - Large, Troop Transport Bay
Missiles: 65%, 30%, 10% / Missile Agility 48, Fusion-boosted Fission Warhead, Ordnance Production 12BP
Power: 40%, 20% / Stellerator Reactor, Capacitor Recharge 3
Sensors: 20%, 10% / Active Grav Sensors 16, EM Sensors 8
Civilian Shipping:
Godfrey Lines - 30 ships (2530 income)
Shepherd Corp - 24 ships (+2 - 1980 income)
Payne Transport - 3 ships (+1 - 200 income)
Doherty Transport - 3 ships (430 income)
Lloyd T&T - 4 ships (440 income)
Sharp Company - 5 ships (+2 - 200 income)
Lawson Container - 2 ships (220 income)
John T&T - 1 ship (300 income)
Clements Carrier - 1 ship (300 income)
Income at 30.2k (+4.0) and 23.1k spend (+3.6). Wealth reserves are at 8.5k. Finance Centers account for 16% of the income
with shipping and exports for another 16% - mainly caused by a jump in colonist movements, tried to get a better
distribution of colonists here, but got too low on Polaris II in the end. Installation construction is responsible for 50%
of the costs, followed by research at 34%.
-
1968
Grr, forgot about the auto dismisal problem again, lost a bunch of 18y veterans due to the recent HQ reshuffle making the
game think they have been unassigned for 18 years...
January: Agincourt arrived in the Rosyth system, and at first the crew thought that there sensors had a malfunction because
there were geo contacts everywhere, but after some test it became clear that this system contains a staggering 385
asteroids and 5 comets which caused this large number of contacts. Otherwise Rosyth has a single F1 sun and 9 planets. I is
a moonless gas giant, II to VI are terrestrials with moon with IV as a single gas giant between them. IV would have been a
prefect position for a habitable world, but III and V might still be inside the habitable zone. VII is a dwarf planet
followed by another gas giant with 25 moons and a super jovian with another 24 moons. Overall there are more than 400
objects in the system with some of the asteroids up to 30bkm away from the sun. Agincourt jumps back into Plymouth and
starts its slow approach of the gated jump point.
Agincourt made it to the jump point unmolested and arrived in the Holy Loch system. It is a trinary without any planets and
just 5 comets in the system with the farthest one being 18bkm away from the sun. Agincourt jumps back and starts to move
toward the Douglas jump point to bring the Victories out of Plymouth. The presence of a gate to Holy Loch is strange,
especially with no gate in Holy Loch itself and no other gate in Plymouth to indicate some kind of gate highway.
February: Agincourt and the 2 Victories reach the Douglas JP without incidents and head home to Polaris for some well
deserved rest. 2 mass drivers are ordered to bring back Duranium form the automines that will be set up on Comet#4.
March: A new science graduate, Ellis Parkin, she specialises in logistics/ground combat (25%), can use 15 labs and is
replacing Connor Booth in working on Troop Transport Modules.
A small population of a new alien race has been detected at Inverness I Moon 2, we try to establish communications. Thermal
and EM of 615 make it look like a automining colony, especially with Inverness I having a temperature of 168° and no
atmosphere.
April: A ship of the Inverness aliens was detected at Inverness I, so far they are neutral. The 2 mass drivers are
completed, the first still awaiting transport to Comet#4.
May: Thomas Poole has completed research into Fuel-Storage - Large and continues with Engineering Section - Tiny. Another
Sensor/Fire Control specialist gruadates, and a good one at that (30%), Gemma Kaur is able to use 20 labs. She will take
over looking into Active Grav Sensors while Aarron Heath looks into EM Sensors and Ellis Cross gets a single lab to look
into Beam Fire Control Range 16k.
June: Oliver Fuller researched 15cm Lasers and will continue with 20cm, but only one lab. The other 2 are assigned to
sensor research, our most important field of research at the moment. Communications have been established with the
Inverness aliens, they call themself the Chaurch of Jais. A new diplomatic team is assembled and we try to imporve our
relations with them. Lets just hope that the name does not indicate a bunch of crazy religious fanatics. Once the grav
survey ships complete their overhaul we will try to find their hone system. Maybe we will be able to establish trade with
them.
Eleanor Singh completed research into Stellarator Fusion Technology, opening up research into Magneto-Plasma Drives, which
is looked into immediatly.
In the meantime High Command has come up with a daring plan. Due to the large number of wrecks in Aberdeen they would try
to sneak into the system with salvage ships and try to gain some technology from the wrecks closest to the jump point. The
4 AMM cruisers and the 4 gauss AM cruisers would follow the salvagers, but hopefully their fairly low emissions would keep
them hidden from the aliens. But if they are detected their anit-missle fire might give them at least a chance to escape.
And if beam ships were to attack the small AMMs could be used offensively.
August: The builders of the ruins on Douglas III have been identified by Patrick Coles team as the Arapaha Star Emipre. 14
installations have been found, but the team does not have the means to recover them. Their overall level of technology
seemed to have been a bit above our own. A specialised infantry unit will be needed that specialises in construction to
recover the installations. When word gets back from Douglas research for such a construction unit will be started. A Tribal
waiting in system picks up the 2 Xeno teams and drops them off at Sheffield III, despite it being still unknown if more
than one team actually helps.
With workers getting short on Polaris II and a surplus at Moon 6 20 factories are transported to the moon. And with all
automines and the mass driver having arrived at Comet#4 the first minerla packages are send back to Polaris.
All 8 cruisers have completed their overhauls and head towards the Aberdeen gate in London. The Vulture class salvagers are
already underway. When they arrive at the Aberdeen gate the cruisers jump into Aberdeen first. After a couple og minutes
one cruiser returns and orders the Vultures to follow. One they are in system each Vulture is assigned one of the wrecks
close to the gate, all of them Hill Tribe warships, but a bit more towards the sun a couple of Tundra Tribe ships can be
seen as well. The cruisers follow the Vulture assigned the wreck the farthest away from the gate.
September: On 7th September all ships in Aberdeen detect 18x4 stregth 5 energy impacts about 60mkm away from the leading Vulture,
followed by a couple of magazine explosions and a power system explosion. A few seconds later a new Hill Tribe wreck appears,
a 28900 Colossus class which seems to have been a large missile ship. 5 seconds later another 14 strength 1 energy hits are
detected, the battle is obviously not over yet. Then nothing happens for 5 hours when suddenly 2 large enemy ships appear
on the sensors. A Greece and a Rommel class, both with known speeds of around 4.5kkm/sec and likely missile ships. Their
active S196/92 easily being able to detect our ships. After a couple of minutes the first missiles appear on the sensors at
a distance of around 300kkm. They are closing in with a speed of just 22kkm/sec which is slower than expected and have a
size of 1 and since there are only 7 missiles in each salvo our gauss turrets should have a fairly decent chance of taking
them down. When the missiles arrive the gauss turrets open fire, but as it turns out fire fire of 2-3 weapons is enough to
destroy the incoming missiles, so unless the aliens have more missiles or beam weapons in store for us we should be save
for now.
But the Greece and the Rommel are still heading our way, maybe they have beam weapons as well. After about 60 salvos their
magazines seem to have run dry. Commodore Isabelle Hall, commander of the taskgroup, has the information gained during the
fight till now transmitted to the Vulture closest to the gate, Vulture 3. She will try to keep real time information flowing to
the Vulture when the fight starts again. All Vultures are to head back to Polaris as fast as possible if a warship
is destroyed.
32 minutes later the alien ships are in range of the Ark Royals active sensors. There are 3 ships actually, 2 9650t Greece
classes and 1 19300t Rommel class. Having just about 2000 strength 1 missiles with a 60% chance to hit and unknown enemy
anti-missile capabilities does not sound very good against such ships. Commodore Hall orders the ships to open fire and
focus on Greece 001 at first. Strong jamming is detected, lowering the range to lock onto the targets from 3.6mkm to
2.6mkm. 3 minutes later the enemy ships are finally in range and the Ark Royals open fire with a volley of 320 Vipers.
196 hits from the first volley at Greece 001, bringing her speed down to 3480km/sec, another 221 from the second wave hit
and Greece 001 is destroyed, 40 missiles self destructed without a target.
Greece 003 is hit by 195 missiles from the first volley and slows down, the second volley destroys the fleeing ship as it
did with Greece 001.
The Rommel is still advancing, having closed the distance to 1.9mkm when the first volley arrives. 201 missiles hit with
anti-missile fire taking out 8 missiles. Rommel's speed drops down to 3232km/sec. 249 missiles of the second volley hit,
destroying the Rommel.
Due to no spare missiles at Polaris there is no sense in heading back to rearm, but since there is no need to risk the crews
of the now useless ships Commodore Hall orders the 4 Ark Royal's to return to Polaris and make detailed reports. Commodore
Ashley Cole has command of the 4 Ark Royals.
The old Vipers did a great job of dealing with those aliens, but just 1 more beam ship or slightly worse crews and thus
hit-rates would have been most likely the doom of the fleet since its magazines are dry now and only the point blank range
gauss turrets are left. Except for a Dragon class (likey grav survey ship) and 2 unknown classes this seems to be the first
losses the Aberdeen aliens have suffered. The combination of gauss missile defense and offensive missiles saved the day.
And with more and longer ranged missiles we might be able to bring the fight back to them.
Vulture 3 is the first to complete her salvage from a Hill Tribe Longsword class. Electronic Countermeasures, Counter-
Countermeasures, 50 EP Nuclear Engines, 4x Size 4 Missile Launchers and a EM Detection Sensor 8 were found in addition to
about 300t of minerals. Vulture 3 is ordered back to Polaris. Commodore Hall wishes to leave the system as soon as
all salvage operations are completed and only come back when the ships have been rearmed.
Vulture 2 is the next to finish its salvage of another Longsword. Some insight into EM Sensor Sensitivity 8 has been gained
during the operations and 1 ECCM, 4 size 4 launchers, 1 TH2-12 thermal sensor, 1 EM 8 sensor and 1 missile fire control
70/R85 have been found. Vulture 2 is ordered back to Polaris as well. Vulture 1 salvages another Longsword and gets 1 ECCM,
3 launchers and 1 EM sensor then heading back to Polaris.
In the meantime Alexandra Moran has completed research into 75% Size Lasers at 4x the recharge time. Due to other more
pressing matters there will be no new energy weapon research for now. The 3 labs are allocated to Improved Missile Agility
48.
Vulture 4 salvaged a Hill Tribe Gotterdammerung class, obviously a beam ship due to having salavaged 1 Pebble Bed Reactor,
in addition 1 small thermal sensor 5 was salavaged. With salvage operations complete Commodore Hall orders the other 3
Resolutions to escort the Vulture back to Polaris while her ship, the OPillbox, will try to rescue to Hill Tribe crew of
the Colossus, despite having no additional crew quarters. 330 survivors are picked up a short time later and Pillbox heads
back to Polaris, too. On its voyage home Pillbox keeps suffering maintenance failures due to the overcrowding, but supplies
should last till Polaris is reached.
-
Still in September Dylan Murphy's Xeno team is able to translate the alien symbols at Sheffield-III. The builders called
themself the Platinum Khanate and a staggering 209 installations have been discovered. The technology appears to be a bit
higher than our own as well. The waiting Tribal picks up the teams and heads back to Polaris to make its report.
October: Bethany Fleming has completed research into Fusion-boosted Fission Warheads, together with the soon completed
Missile Agility this should provide a nice boost to our missiles. She takes over Ordenance Production research and the
original 3 labs are used to boost research into sensors and armor. 1 week later Brooke Begum completes research into
Missile Agility 48. He starts to look into better Magazine Efficiency (90%). In addition a new missile is designed, the
Viper II (48% engine, 20% warhead, 1% fuel, 31% agility):
Missile Size: 1 MSP (0.05 HS) Warhead: 1 Armour: 0 Manoeuvre Rating: 25
Speed: 20200 km/s Engine Endurance: 4 minutes Range: 4.5m km
Chance to Hit: 1k km/s 505% 3k km/s 150% 5k km/s 101% 10k km/s 50.5%
It will take till next summer before enough have been build to rearm all missile cruisers.
It seems like the Protectorate has a grav explorer in Aberdeen because we received information about a new jump point
there.
When the combined salvage/warship fleet reaches Polaris they gets a hero's welcome. Not only have they managed to weather the storm of the alien's missile fire, but they managed to destroy 3 alien ships and bring back salvaged tech as well. High Command came up with a number of new medals to mark the Mountain Tribe's first victory in a space battle. The Vulture commanders all receive commendations for keeping their heads under fire. The Resolutions receive the newly founded (OOC: is a medal actually founded?) Aegis Medal, which will be awarded to ships that prevent friendly ships from being hit by missiles. In addition the newly found Combat Medal will be awarded to all military ships that participated in a battle and finally the First Blood Medal, indicating that the ship has killed an enemy warship. In addition Isabelle Hall receives a knighthood and the title of Dame as overall commander of the first successfull battle in space.
First Blood Medal:
Cmdr. Evie Green - CA(M) Amber for destruction of Greece 001
Cmdr. Amber Watts - CA(M) Ark Royal for destruction of Greece 003
Cmdr. Ashley Cole - CA(M) Diamond for destruction of Rommel 001
Aegis Medal: Cmdr. Joel Perkins - CA(G) Parapet, Commodore Isabelle Hall - CA(G) Pillbox, Cmdr. Naomi Steward - CA(G)
Rampart, Commodore Declan Clark - CA(G) Resolution
Combat Medal: All of the above + Cmdr. Harvey Stephenson - CA(M) Amethyst
In addition High Command has learned a few things due to this battle - except for the obvious "we need better tech":
1. No ship should enter combat unless its crew has been fully trained.
2. If we are going to rely on missiles as offensive weapons we need a dedicated supply ship.
3. Due to anti-missile weapons a single missile volley should be as large as possible.
4. Focus your fire on one target unless you are sure you can bring it down with less that a full broadside
5. When defending ships or planets the fleet has to be fairly stationary - look into deployable weapon platforms
6. Small size is an advantage since most sensors are build for large ships - look into building smaller ships
OOC: In addition I did a little reform of the military ranks due having too much brass there for my taste, Grand Admiral rank will be gone and a new Senior Captain/Captain 1st class is inserted where the Commodore was before, thus moving Commodore up one rank along with the rest of the upper brass.
December: 1 new research lab is assigned to Construction Brigade. 2 new jump oints were found in Aberdeen, seems like our Protectorate friends are surely busy over there.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Wealth +10, Min +20, Ship +5, Log +15, Pop +10, Ground +20
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Wealth +25, Fact +55, Min +30, Ship +35, Log +5, Pop +5, Ground +25)
Pop: 744m (+17)
Factories: 993 (+51 - 20)
Mines/automines: 308/270 (41 converted, 50 auto shipped away)
Labs: 43 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7 (+1)
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/10000 (+1000), 2/8000 (+1000), 5/1000 (+1), 2/1000
Commercial yards: 3/91400, 1/44800
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Wealth +5, Fact +30, Min +15, Log +10, Pop +25, Ground +10, Polit +30)
Pop: 34.4m (+2.4)
Factories: 140
Finance Centers: 118 (+17)
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Wealth +20, Mining +20, Ship +30, Pop +30, Terra +15, Polit +10)
Pop: 14.6m (+1.6)
Factories: 70 (+20 from Polaris)
Finance Centers: 23 (+8)
Polaris Comet#4 (Thomas Dobson - Adm 3 - Min +20, Ship +15, Pop +5, Terra +10)
Automines: 50
170k 90% Duranium, 212 80% Corundium
Douglas III - Ruins - TL4, 14 Installations, +80% defense research
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 209 Installations
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 20%, 15% / Mining Production 14t, Shipbuilding Rate 560
Defense: 50% / Ceramic Composite Armor
Energy: 25%, 25%, 20% / Near Ultraviolet Laser, 20cm Laser
Logistics: 30%, 25%, 20%, 20% / Fuel Storage - Tiny, Troop Transport Bay, Engineering Section - Tiny, Construction Brigade
Missiles: 65%, 30%, 10% / Magazine Feed 90%, Ordnance Production 12BP
Power: 40%, 20% / Megneto Plasma Drive, Capacitor Recharge 3
Sensors: 35%, 20%, 10% / Active Grav Sensors 16, EM Sensors 8, Beam Fire Control Range 16k
Civilian Shipping (should be at normal levels now):
Godfrey Lines - 32 ships (+2 - 1920 income)
Shepherd Corp - 24 ships (1435 income)
Payne Transport - 3 ships (225 income)
Doherty Transport - 3 ships (135 income)
Lloyd T&T - 5 ships (+1 - 275 income)
Sharp Company - 5 ships (280 income)
Lawson Container - 2 ships (90 income)
John T&T - 2 ships (+1 - 90 income)
Clements Carrier - 2 ships (+1 - no income)
Income at 33.9k (+2.7) and 29.7k spend (+6.6). Wealth reserves are at 12.7k. Finance Centers account for 19% of the income
with shipping and exports for another 10%. Installation construction is responsible for 47% of the costs, research 33%.
-
1969
With no problems so far and no indications of intercepted/tampered/forged messages yet all but the most critical of
communications will send via the gate network from now on.
With High Command and the Royal Society getting restless about additional new knowledge from salvaged ships it is decided
that the salvage fleet will head out again when enough Viper IIs have been build for 3 full salvos due to the improved to
hit chances of the new missiles. If the Aberdeen aliens warships are only able to travel at 5kkm/sec or less every missile
should hit now except those taken out by PD fire.
January: Oliver Fuller completed research into Near Ultraviolet Lasers and is assigned 1 lab to look into Ultraviolet
Lasers, the other 3 labs are added to Troop Transport Bays and Construction Brigades.
We learned about Jump Drive Efficiency 5 from the Protectorate traders visiting our system, while we mainly rely on gates
as a means of travel it is still nice to be able to build better jumpships if they are needed.
February: Jason Stevenson completed research into Capacitor Recharge 3 and starts to look into Max Engine power x2.0. Gemma
Kaur researched Active Grav Sensor 16 and takes over Beam Fire Controll Range 16k from Ellis Cross who gets one of the labs
for starting to look into Active Grav Sensor 21. A new gated jump point was found in Inverness by Bloodhound, this one
might be leading back towards the homeworld of the Jays, so Captain Philips sends word about his discovery back to Polaris.
A few hours later Agincourt starts to move towards Inverness.
March: The Protectorate has completed the grav survey of Aberdeen, finding a total of 5 jump points. With Viper II stocks
at close to 1200 already this sounds like the right time to pay Aberdeen another visit. The Vultures head off first, due to
being the slowest ships. Aardvark will move to Aberdeen as well to take a closer look at the jump points. With 320 missiles
each - enough for 4 full salvos - the Royal Arks and Resolutions of Homefleet set out towards Aberdeen.
With the 1000th construction factory having been completed on Polaris their construction stops for now and the freed up
capacities are used to convert more mines to automines. A bit later 3 new Cryo Mk2 class colony ships have been completed.
They head towards Polaris Moon 6 to pick up coloniest and will begin the long journey to Douglas III.
April: A newly build lab is assigned to Eleanor Singh to speed up Magneto Plasma Drive research and 30 factories are
contracted to be shiped from Polaris to Moon 6 to free up some more workers.
May: The combined salvage/warfleet enters Aberdeen for the second time. All newly found jump points have jump gates and
Aardvark heads to the one as far away from the center of the system as possible. The Vultures move to 2 Gotterdammerung, 1
Hel and 1 Colossus class, all of them Hill Tribe ships. When taking a closer look at the wrecks it looks like there is some
problem with our computer, it looks like it assigned a Longsword class to nearly every known race, at the moment there are
3 races that have a Longsword class, which might lead to some mistakes due to misinterpreting a ships capabilities.
In the meantime our Protectorate friends seem to be busy in Birmingham, having found 2 new jump points there as well. And
Conor Wallis completed research into Ceramic Composite Armor. He starts to look into Beta Shields next.
Aardvark arrives in the Sunderland system with a gate there as well. There is a very large number of asteroids here 212.
Sunderland has a single class G7 sun and 8 planets. It has 2 terrestrial and 2 dwarf planets in addition to 4 gas giants
with a couple of moons. With a sun like our own Sunderland III, one of the terrestrials, with a orbit of 372m might be on
ther outer edge of the habitable zone. Aardvark jumps back into system and starts to head slowly closer towards the center
of the system where the other 2 gates are located.
In Inverness Agincourt enters the gate and arrives in the Middlesborough system and there is a gate on this side as well.
Middlesborough is a binary system with a planetless very small sun in orbit around the G5-class sun A. A has 4 gas giants
and 1 super jovian in orbit. There are 66 moons, 53 asteroids and 5 comets. Agincourt jumps back into Inverness.
June: Vulture 1 completed its salvage of a Gotterdammerung retrieving 1 Fire Control S02 40-1250, 2 Pepple Bed Reactors 1,
1 Thermal 5 and 1 15cm Plasma Carronade. It heads to a Hill Tribe Valhalla class next. Vulture 2 has salvaged the other
Gotterdammerung and retrieves 1 Fire Control, 5 Pebble Bed Reactors, 1 Thermal 5 and 2 Carronades, it heads for a Hill
Tribe Longsword. Vulture 1 is the next to complete its salvage of the Valhalla, getting 1 Missile Fire Control 27R85, 2
EP50 Nuclear Engines, 5 Size 4 Missile Launchers and a Thermal 5. A Hill Tribe Longsword is next. A few hours later Vulture
2 finished salvaging its Longsword, gaining 2 Nuclear Engines, 4 Missile Launchers, 1 Thermal 5 and 1 Missile Fire Control
39R85. She sets out for another Longsword.
Aardvark jumps from the Aberdeen gate into Birmingham, there is another gate here. A little while later she jumps back to
examine the last remaining Aberdeen gate. She arrives in the Chester system and there is a gate there as well. Chester has
a single G3-class sun, a little brighter than our own. There are 4 planets in orbit, I is a moonless gas giant, II and III
are terrestrials and might be inside the habitable zone while 4 is another gas giant with 16 moons, in addition there are 5
comets. Aardvark moves back into Aberdeen and heads to the Birmingham gate again to examine the new jump point in
Birmingham.
July: It looks like Aberdeen is not as peacefull as it seemed, there are 40 strength 6 nuclear detonations at Aberdeen II,
but who is fighting whom is not known and Captain 1st class Dame Hall is not willing to risk any ship to take a closer
look. But it looks likely that one of the Aberdeen alien's enemies have attacked their homewolrd and this would mean that
the aliens warships are either all destroyed or too far away to interfere. 10 seconds later there are another 20 strength 6
explosions followed by another 20 stength 1 explosions 40 seconds later a bit furhter away from the planets, so maybe there
still are defnders left.
With the Douglas jump point close to 3bkm away from the center this looks like a good time to send a gate builder there and
open up a gate to Douglas. Dame Hall calls for the Charon.
50 seconds later there are another 20 strength 1 explosions about 1mkm away from Aberdeen II. 40 seconds later another 20
strength 1 explosions. This time it takes over 2 minutes before the next 20 small explosions are detected, everybody is
curious to know who is fighting whom, but all know that with the salvages in the system it is the best not to draw any
attention to them. About 2 hours later there are 20 strength 6 explosions and a new unknown wreck of 19250 ton appears on
the sensors right at Aberdeen II. This might be a defensive missle platform that shot the small missiles at the attackers
but is now destroyed. The defenders seem to have run out of missiles, now there are only the strength 6 explosions and some
time later and second unknown wreck appears at Aberdeen II. Then the explosions stop.
2 days later Vulture 3 completed its salvage of the Hel class, retrieving 5 Pebble Bed Reactors, 5 Carronades and 1 CIWS-50
from the wreck. She heads to a Hill Tribe Colossus next. Vulture 1 salvages some equipment from the Longsword, nothing that
has not been seen before. Her target is another Longsword, but this time from the Tundra Tribe. Vulture 2 salvaged here
Longsword as well and heads for a Tundra Tribe Reaper class. Among other things Vulture 4 salvaged 2 Capacity 201
Magazines, 1 EM2-16 sensor, 5 size 6 Missile Launchers and 1 Missile Fire Control 106R85 from the Hill Colossus class, with
her cargo bay completely filled up she heads back to Polaris.
The Protectorate found another jump point in Birmingham. Aardvark is already in system and moving to another jump point,
but will head there next. Niether of the new jump points has a gate.
Vulture 1 found a few pieces of equipment from salvaging the Tundra Tribe Longsword, but nothing unusual. With only 6kt of
cargo speace left she heads back to Polaris as well. Vulture 2 salvaged a couple of new items from the Reaper, a Fire
Control S02 64-2000 and 1 Patricle Beam-3. With just 800t cargo space left she heads of Polaris.
A new gated jump point in Inverness was found by Airedale.
August: Aardvark arrived in the Bristol system, no gate on this side. Bristol has a single class G8 sun, slightly smaller
and 50% less luminous than our sun. There are 6 planets in orbit. I-IV are terrestrial, V is a dwarf and VI another
terrestrial with the only moon in the system and there are 13 comets here. V and VI might be inside the habitable zone.
Aardvark jumps back to Birmingham to examine the final jump point.
A new lab is assigned to Magneto Plasma Drive research, bringing the total to 10, but it will still take till January 1972
before it is completed.
Vulture 3 completed the salvage of the Tundra Tribe Colossus, a missile ship as well as his namesakes. Among other things a
Size 7 Missile Launcher and 3 Missile Fire Control 80R86 were salvaged. With only 3.6k cargo space left Vulture 3 is the
last salvager to leave Aberdeen for Polaris. 2 new Vultures will be completed by December 1969, so there should be 6 of
them for the next trip. Homefleet returns to Polaris as well, by now there are enough missiles to completly refill all the magazines.
-
September: Gemma Kaur completed research into Beam Fire Control Range 16k and continues with 24k. Aardvark arrived in
Belfast, no gate here back to Birmingham as well, but there are 2 Protectorate Shiwa class right at the jump point here,
most likely already building a gate. Aardvark heads to Inverness, to take a look at the newly found and potential new jump
points.
The salvaged EM 8 sensors complete our research into EM 8 and a new active search sensor is prototyped, it should be able
to see 8500t ships from about 100mkm away. This will have to do till we are able to increase the tech level of our sensors
again. The prototype will be build by Storey Dynamics.
4 additional Resolution Gauss AM-cruisers have been completed and start training, 4 "veterans" of the Battle of Aberdeen
with the best training skills are taking command of the new ships and training starts immediatly.
October: With all salvaged equipment having been disassembled it looks like we can learn next to nothing new from our tribal
cousins, the next wave of salvages will focus on alien ships.
November: New jump point found in Cardiff, the Protectorate is busy again. We found a new jump point in Inverness as well,
this one is gate as were the previous ones.
December: The 2 new Vultures are completed and follow the othrs towards Aberdeen. A anomaly has been detected at
Middlesborough II-Moon 6 - and it looks like a small Church colony as well. The moon itself has a surface temperature of
59°, gravity of 0.71 and and 0.49 atmosphere, with 83% Nitrogen and 17% Carbon Dioxide. A decent candidate for
terraforming, sadly the only metals present are at 10% accessability. The anamaly would provide a 100% boost to
missile/kinetic weapons research which looks very nice. The only problem is that Middlesborough is 5 systems away from
Polaris, so unless we find some shortcut it will be very hard to establish a large enough colony to utilise the anomaly.
But with the grav survey of Inverness nearly completed the first survey ships are already in Middlesborough.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Wealth +10, Min +20, Ship +5, Log +15, Pop +10, Ground +20)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Wealth +25, Fact +55, Min +30, Ship +35, Log +5, Pop +5, Ground +25)
Pop: 761m (+17)
Factories: 970 (+7 - 30)
Mines/automines: 337/200
Labs: 46 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/11000 (+1000), 2/10000 (+2000), 7/1000 (+2), 2/2500 (+1500)
Commercial yards: 3/94400 (+3000), 2/51900 (+1/+7100)
Thermal: 20k, Tundra 21.2k, Hill 21.2k
EM: 60.2k, Tundra 57.4k, Hill 57.2k
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Wealth +5, Fact +30, Min +15, Log +10, Pop +25, Ground +10, Polit +30)
Pop: 37.2m (+2.8)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 135 (+17)
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Wealth +20, Mining +20, Ship +30, Pop +30, Terra +15, Polit +10)
Pop: 16.1m (+1.5)
Factories: 100 (+30 from Polaris)
Finance Centers: 31 (+8)
Polaris Comet#4 (Thomas Dobson - Adm 3 - Min +20, Ship +15, Pop +5, Terra +10)
Automines: 50
168k 90% Duranium, 210 80% Corundium
Douglas III - Ruins - TL4, 14 Installations, +80% defense research
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 209 Installations
Middlesborough II-Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 25%, 15% / Mining Production 14t, Shipbuilding Rate 560
Defense: 50% / Beta Shields
Energy: 25%, 25%, 20% / Ultraviolet Laser, 20cm Laser
Logistics: 30%, 25%, 20%, 20% / Fuel Storage - Tiny, Troop Transport Bay, Engineering Section - Tiny, Construction Brigade
Missiles: 65%, 35%, 10% / Magazine Feed 90%, Ordnance Production 12BP
Power: 45%, 20% / Megneto Plasma Drive, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 35%, 20%, 10% / Beam Fire Control Range 24k, Fire Control Speed 4k, active search sensor prototype
Civilian Shipping (4370 up to 5140):
Godfrey Lines - 35 ships (+3 - 1730 income)
Shepherd Corp - 26 ships (+2 - 1960 income)
Payne Transport - 4 ships (+1 - 575 income)
Doherty Transport - 4 ships (+1 - 150 income)
Lloyd T&T - 6 ships (+1 - 250 income)
Sharp Company - 4 ships (-1 - 305 income)
Lawson Container - 3 ships (+1 - 90 income)
John T&T - 2 ships (40 income)
Clements Carrier - 2 ships (40 income)
Income at 36.0k (+2.1) and 30.9k spend (+1.2). Wealth reserves are at 18.0k. Finance Centers account for 20% of the income
with shipping and exports for another 9%. Installation construction is responsible for 46% of the costs, research 34%.
-
1970
January: Agincourt arrived in the Greenock system, the Inverness gate has a counterpart here. Greenock has a single K5-
class star and 9 planets and due to the low luminosity of just 19% and the 2nd planet already at an orbit of 226mkm the
only planet in the habitable zone might be the first one, but with an orbit of 106mkm even it should be fairly cold
already. I and II are terrestrial, III a gas giant, IV a super jovian, V-VII gas giants and VIII and IX dwarf planets. Each
planet has at least one moon. In addition there are 154 asteriods and 5 comets in the system. Agincourt jump back to
Inverness to examine the other gate.
No additional jump points were found in Inverness, overall there are 4 jump points, all of them with gates.
Vulture 1 salvaged one of the Aberdeen alien's Greece classes and found evidence of Capacitor Recharge Rate 5, adding to
our knowledge of Recharge Rate 4, but no equipment could be salvaged. The next target will be a 9600t unknown class.
Vulture 2 salvaged the other Greece, finding evidence of Laminate Composite Armor and gaining some knowledge about it, in
addition 1 EP96 Magneto-Plasma Drive and 1 EM Sensor 14 were salvaged. The 9650t wreck of a Aberdeen Dragon class is the
next target.
Research into Troop Transport Bay was completed by Ellis Parkin and she takes over Construction Brigade research. Tylor
Mason starts to look into Brigade Headquarters with 1 lab, the remaining 2 are assigned to Beam Fire Control Range and
Magazine Feed Efficiency. A new ship class called Illustrious is designed, able to move up to 5 battalions at once or 1
construction brigade. With a range of 82bkm and 2 years of deployment time it is able to reach all currently known systems.
It will take 8 month to retool Crawford Corp. civilian yards for the construction of the first 2 new ships. To speed up the
actual construction we will prebuild the engines and transport bays.
Illustrious class Troop Transport 22 000 tons 145 Crew 729 BP TCS 440 TH 900 EM 0
2045 km/s Armour 1-69 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 21 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Troop Capacity: 5 Battalions Cargo Handling Multiplier 5
Anderson-Lord 180 EP Commercial Ion Drive (5) Power 180 Fuel Use 9.9% Signature 180 Exp 5%
Fuel Capacity 1 000 000 Litres Range 82.6 billion km (467 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
February: The Protectorate finished grav survey of Cardiff, it has 2 jump points, one to London, the other one unknown. And
a new gated jump point was found by us in Middlesborough, once a jump ships reaches the system it will be examined. With a
bit of luck the gate will lead to a system close to Polaris, allowing us to use the research bonus more easily.
With the salvage of the Aberdeen Rommel class complete Vulture 3 found evidence of Thermal Sensors 14 and learned something
about Sensors 6 in the process. 2 Megneto-Plasma Dirves, 4 Stellarator Fusions Reactors and 2 25cm V5/C5 railguns were
salvaged. A large 28950t unknown class will be the next target. 1 day later the 2 new Vultures arrive in Aberdeen, Vulture
5 gets an unknown with 9650t as does Vulture 6.
Vulture 1's unknown is a letdown, a low tech ship, about 1 tech level behind what we currently know. With the reaming
interesting wrecks too close to the center of the system for our taste we will try to salvage some tribe classes we havent
seen closely before or which might help us with jump tech. Thus Vulture 1 heads to a Tundra Tribe Deadly Reaper class.
Vulture 4 had a low tech ship as well and heads towards a 17900t Tundra Tribe Bardiche-J class.
A new sensor/fire control specialist graduated from the academy, Bradley Schofield has impressive knowledge for his young
age (30%), but is only able to use 5 labs at the moment. He takes over the Acitve Sensory prototype research from Ellis
Cross.
The Aberdeen Dragon class Vulture 2 salvage was better better than the last ships, evidence of EM Sensors 14 was found and
we learned something about EM Sensor 11, in addition 1 ECCM-4 was salvaged. The next target will be a Tundra Tribe Bismarck
class, most likely a cargo ship, but knowing for sure would be nice.
March: As expected the Bismarck class turned out to be a cargo ship, the one Vulture 2 salvaged seems to be a fairly old
model, still using nuclear engines. With around 6k cargo space left Vulture 2 heads back to Polaris anyway, its freight of
EM sensors and Magneto-Plasma drives being too important to linger any longer in Aberdeen for low tech ships. Vulture 4
finds the Bardiche-J to be a missile ship, but again, the tech is the same or lower than ours like we already got used to
from tribal ships. Vulture 4 returns to Polaris.
The final gate in Inverness brought Agincourt to the Derby system, there is no gate here. Derby is the first quadrinary we
have found, but only sun A - a G4 class - and sun B - another G4 - have any planets. A-I is a gas giant, A-II a dwarf, A-
III-VI are terrestrials, A-VII a super jovian and A-VIII another dwarf. B-I-III are all terrestrial, but with a max orbit
of 68mkm far too close to the sun to be habitable. A-IV and A-V might be inside the habitable zone. Agincourt jumps back
and heads to Middlesborough.
Vulture 5 got a interesting unknown for a change, 1 ECCM-4, 1 Missile Fire Control 34R1, 1 Magneto Plasma Drive, 5 Missile
Launchers Size 1 and 1 Thermal Sensor 14 were salavaged, making it salvaged ship look like it belonged to the Aberdeen
aliens. Vulture 5 returns to Polaris with its loot. Vulture 6 got a bad salvage and without having any important data or
equipment she takes a look at a look at a Hill Tribe Longsword-J.
April: A new lab is assigned to the active sensor prototype.
Vulture 1 learns that the Tundra Tribe Deadly Reaper is a beam ship, 3 Particle Beam-3 were salvaged along with nuclear
engines and reactors. Vulture 1 heads back to Polaris. The Hill Longsword-J was a missile ship. Vulture 6 heads to a Tundra
Preinz Eugen class next, it has a tonage of 8950t.
Louise Barret raises her factory production bonus to 50%, as governor of Polaris II this will help with building the
finance centers and the terraformers after them.
Vulture 3 drew another blank with her unknown ship, a close range beam with with carronades and old tech. Due to having
nearly filled up her cargo hold and having salvaged important tech earlier she heads to Polaris.
A new gated jump point has been found in Middlesborough.
The Prinz Eugen turned out to be another old tech beam ship, 1 Particle Beam-2 has been found, a Tundra Konigsberg class at
8950t will be looked at next by Vulture 6.
May: Aardvark entered the Middlesborough gate and arrived at another gate in the Leicester system. Ut has 2 suns, A being a
Large G0-class and B a very small L4 without any planets. A has 3 planets, the innermost are 2 terrestrials and the otuer
one a gas giant. Due to the orbits being to close to the sun neither planet look habitable, but there are 37 moons in the
system and some of them might be. Not a likely system for the Church's homeworld. Aardvark jumps back into Middlesborough
and heads to the next unexplored gate.
The Tundra Konigsberg turns out to be a missile ship, old tech as well. Vulture 6 contiunes to the more recent wreck of a
Tundra Reaper-J at 8950t. Another beam ship it turned out, but at least it was using Particle Beam-3s and not the older 2s.
The next and most likely last salvage for this tour will be a 32850t VonRoeder class, most likely some cargo or colony
ship. Cargo handling systems and commercial nuclear drives were salvaged, still leaving it unclear if this was a cargo or a
colony ship. With her hold nearly full Vulture 6 heads for Polaris.
June: Charon finished the Aberdeen/Douglas gate, so even civilian ships will now to able to reach the new colony on Douglas
III. With 15 wrecks in the nebulas of Blackpool Charon heads there to connect it to the gate network. Styx is kept in
reserve in case any interesting new system with need of a gate is found.
The next gate in Middlesborough brought Aardvrak to the Preston system, there is a gate here as well and more importantly
around 30 Church ships, it looks like we found their home system. Preston is a binary with planets around both suns. Sun A
is a small M3 with 4 planets - 2 terrestrials, 1 gas giant and 1 dwarf. Due to the weak sun and orbits > 40mkm it seems
unlikely that any of them is habitable. And there are 300 asteroids around sun A as well. Sun B is even smaller, and there
are 6 planets in its orbir. Due to its fairly close orbir of 18mkm B-I might actually be inside the habitable zone. B-II is
a gas giant, III and IV are super jovians, V a dwarf and VI another gas giant. Since no further gates need exploring at the
moment Aaardvark heads to B-I to see if it is the Chruch homeworld. And B-I very much looks like a homeword, thermal
sensors detect a strength 29.7k signal and EM show a reading of 93k, actually higher than the 83k we last saw at the
Protectorate homeworld and 50% higher than our own. There are 50 ships in orbit of B-I. Aardvark heads back to
Middlesborough.
July: With the Chruch's homeworld found we have to try to find a quicker way to them once we are able to trade there. Grav
survey of Preston is started.
August: Research into Construction Brigade has been completed and Ellis Parkin starts to look into Brigade Headquarters
next. A gated jump point has been found in Preston and Aardvark moves to explore. She arrived in the Southampton system,
which has a gateless jump point to Douglas as well. Aardvark jumps back hoping for more jump points in Preston. A few days
later another gated JP is found and Aardvark moves to investigate. While moving towards Aardvark for refueling Afghan's
sensors detect another gated jump point in Preston.
September: Aardvark arrived in the Chorley system and there is gate on this side. Chroley is a huge binary with planets in
orbit around both G2-class suns. A has 7 planets, with I and II terrestrial, III a dwarf, IV-VI gas giants and 7 a dwarf.
II might be in the habitable zone. B has 6 planets, I and II terrestrial, III and IV super jovians, V a gas giant and VI
another super jovian. Overall there are more than 100 moons and 180 asteroids in the system as well. Aaardvark jumps back
and takes a look at the new gate. The gate leads to the Norwich system, again with no gate on this side. Norwich is a
binary with sun A a K1-class amd B a very small T7 without any planets. A has 6 planets, I and II terrestrials too close to
the sun, III a dwarf, IV and V terrestrials again, most likely too far from the sun and VI a gas giant with moons. With
Aardvarks fuel reserves getting low she heads back to Polaris.
October: With the Vultures having rested they are moving back to Aberdeen. In addition the Resolutions will head to
Aberdeen, too, to take a closer look at Aberdeen II and one of the asteroids with a unknown wreck right on top of it.
Connor Wallis completed research into Beta Shields and starts to look into Shield Regeneration 2.
The Church of Jais has given us trade access which is pretty useless at the moment due to the large number of jumps
involved in getting to Preston. Grav survey ships are still looking for other routes. At the same time a new propulsion
specialist named Patrick Fowler graduated from the academy (30%, 10 labs).
When the Resolutions arrived in Aberdeen they headed to the unknown 3350t wreck right on top of one of the asteroids first.
But when they arrive there nothing unusual can be detected. Most likely the unknown is a geo survey ship that got destroyed
while taking a closer look at the asteroid. With a 2650t Tundra class Deutschland class wreck right on another asteriod it
is most likely a geo survey ship as well.
The Resolutions continue towards Aberdeen II were the fighting observed some months ago took place. The sensors show a
ruined colony on Aberdeen II in addition to a anomaly, but except for the 2 19kt ships in orbit nothing else can be found.
The planet itself has a temperature of 85°, gravity of 0.67 and an atmosphere of 0.35, with 83% Nitrogen, the rest Methane
and Ammonia. Not the best potential colony, but not the worst as well (colony cost 2.28). Since the aliens seem to be
defeated in Aberdeen 3 Tribals are send here for geo surveys, 1 of them brings the 4 Xeno teams to take a closer look at
the ruins.
While checking some more wrecks around Aberdeen III the Resolutions meet a Protectorate Darwin class in orbit. It becomes
clear fairly quickly at this point that they call Aberdeen Dros Delnoch and have send us geo survey data about it for quite
some time. More than 95% of the system is already surveyed, so the Tribal bringing in the Xeno teams together with the Darwin
class should be sufficient to survey the rest of the system. The other 2 Tribals are send to the neighboring Chester
system.
November: Gemma Kaur completed research into Beam Fire Control Range 24k taking over Fire Control Speed 4k research from
Aaron Heath next, but it will still be quite some time before we will be able to put together a fire control both fast and
small enough to be able to deal with the nimble swarm ships.
It seems that the Protectorate has started the grav survey the Lanchester system, they found a new jump point there.
Star researcher Brooke Begum (MK65%, Admin 11) has completed research into Magazine Feed Efficiency 90% and will design a
new magazine prototype with his better knowledge to be build by Bates-Ball.
December: A new jump point was found in Preston, Agincourt heads there to investigate. The Vultures arrive in Aberdeen.
With no alien threat likely all ships are free to be salvaged now, starting with the more interesting ones.
Ruins and a anomaly were found on Aberdeen-III, 2 teams are transfered there from Aberdeen-II. The Aberdeen-II anomaly is
adding 30% to power and propulsion research. Aberdeen-III would make a decent colony as well with a temperature of 48°,
gravity of 1.32 and a 0.35 atmosphere with 78% Nitrogen and the rest Oxygen (col cost 2.00).
Agincourt arrived in the gateless Ipswich system, it seems like the Aberdeen aliens are/were here as well, there is a
Greece class wreck along with a number of unknown and Chruch wrecks. Ispwich is a small system with a G5-class sun and 3
planets, 2 terrestrial and 1 dwarf, the 2nd terrestrial might be habitable. Agincourt returns to Preston, but the system is
earmarked for salvage after being cleared from potential enemies.
The Protectore found another 2 new JPs in Lanchester and Aardvark heads there to take a look.
Bradley Schofield has completed the 100R170 active sensor prototype, next is a active sensor to detect FACs, a 27R18 to be
build by Sullivan-Chambers.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Wealth +10, Min +20, Ship +5, Log +15, Pop +10, Ground +20)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Wealth +25, Fact +55, Min +30, Ship +35, Log +5, Pop +5, Ground +25)
Pop: 777m (+16)
Factories: 1000 (+30)
Mines/automines: 377/160
Labs: 49 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/12000 (+1000), 2/12000 (+2000), 8/1000 (+1), 2/3500 (+1000)
Commercial yards: 3/105800 (+104000), 2/54700 (+2800)
Thermal: 20.7k (+0.7), Tundra 21.6k (+0.4), Hill 21.9k (+0.7)
EM: 61.6k (+1.4), Tundra 58.5k (+1.1), Hill 58.7k (+1.5)
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Wealth +5, Fact +50, Min +15, Log +10, Pop +25, Ground +10, Polit +30)
Pop: 40.0m (+2.8 )
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 153 (+18)
Terraformers: 0
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Wealth +20, Mining +20, Ship +30, Pop +30, Terra +15, Polit +10)
Pop: 17.8m (+1.7)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 41 (+10)
Polaris Comet#4 (Thomas Dobson - Adm 3 - Fact +10, Min +20, Ship +15, Pop +5, Terra +10)
Automines: 50
166k 90% Duranium, 209 80% Corundium
Douglas III - Ruins - TL4, 14 Installations, +80% defense research
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 209 Installations
Middlesborough II-Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Aberdeen II - ?? - +30% power/propulsion
Aberdeen III - ?? - +40% logistics/ground combat
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 25%, 15% / Mining Production 14t, Shipbuilding Rate 560
Defense: 50% / Shield Regeneration 2
Energy: 35%, 25% / Ultraviolet Laser, 20cm Laser
Logistics: 30%, 25%, 20% / Fuel Storage - Tiny, Brigade Headquarters, Engineering Section - Tiny
Missiles: 65%, 35% / magazine prototype, Ordnance Production 12BP
Power: 45%, 30% / Megneto Plasma Drive, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 20% / Fire Control Speed 4k, active search sensor prototype, EM Sensor 11
Civilian Shipping (5140 up to 5700):
Godfrey Lines - 33 ships (-2 - 2030 income)
Shepherd Corp - 27 ships (+1 - 2160 income)
Payne Transport - 5 ships (+1 - 460 income)
Doherty Transport - 4 ships (210 income)
Lloyd T&T - 6 ships (310 income)
Sharp Company - 5 ships (+1 - 290 income)
Lawson Container - 3 ships (160 income)
John T&T - 2 ships (40 income)
Clements Carrier - 2 ships (40 income)
Income at 37.6k (+1.6) and 30.4k spend (-0.5). Basically everybody is waiting for new drives to become available, currently
the shipyards are largely idle. Wealth reserves are at 25.2k.
Question: Is there any way to deactivate the automatic spell check of the forum? It recognises next to no words, making formating the text very time consuming.
-
1972
January: No additional jump points have been found in Preston, there are a total of 5 gated jump points in Preston.
Brooke Begum completed research into the magazine prototype and he starts to look Missile Reload Rate 4, but is unlikely to
finish before a new launcher is needed for new ship designs.
February: The first jump point from Lanchester brought Aardvark to the Dartmouth system, there is no gate on this side as
well. She heads back to Lancaster and moves to examine the next jump point.
March: The Protectorate completed the grav survey of Lancaster, finding 7 jump points in total. The gate to London is the
only gate in the system.
The ruins on Aberdeen-II have been fully surveyed, the aliens who had lived there have been identified as the Republic of
Ansion, 63 installations have been identified and their tech level is below our own. Eleanor Singh has helped with this
being the case, she completed here research into Magneto-Plasma Drive Technology on the same day. Now we will need a couple
of prototype engines, with military ones having the highest priority. She will develope a 10HS 160EP military prototype to
be build by Dickinson&Doyle herself, while Jason Stvenson will prototype a new missile engine.
Aardvark jumped into the Southhampton system, no gate here. Polaris->London->Lancaster->Southampton->Preston is a 4-jump-
route to the Church's homeworld, once the gate builders complete their current task we will start to build those gates that
are currently still missing. Aardvark jumps back into Lancaster and heads to the next jump point.
Governor Thomas Dobson's Wealth Creation Bonus rose to +15%, not really usefull with his current position as Governor of
Comet#4, but it might become usefull later.
April: The first 2 Illustrious troop carriers are completed, engines and troops bays are ready for the next 2, but the
construction brigades are still training for 2 more months. So for now they take 2 mobile infantry, 2 garrison and 1
replacement unit each to Douglas III and Sheffield III. Those ruins have to be protected.
Bradly Schofield completed research on the prototype of the R18 FAC detection sensor. 4 R18 and 4 R170 will be pre-build.
He starts to look into approriate Missile Fire Controls next, the first is a 100R170 prototype to be build by Higgins-
Alexander.
Aardvark jumped into the Exeter system, no gate at the jump point. Exeter has a single very large A5-class sun and 4
planets, all of them terrestrial. Due to the sun's size only Exeter IV with a orbit of 676mkm might be cold enough to be
habitable. Aardvark jumps back to Lancaster and heads to the next jump point.
May: The new missile engine prototype is completed by Jason Stevenson, the new anti-ship missile design is called Mamba I
(50% engine, 40% warhead), as fast as the Viper II, but with 4 times the power and more than 20 times the range and about
50% the accuracy. When this new ASM prototype is completed production will be started at Polaris.
Missile Size: 2 MSP (0.1 HS) Warhead: 4 Armour: 0 Manoeuvre Rating: 12
Speed: 20000 km/s Engine Endurance: 94 minutes Range: 112.7m km
Chance to Hit: 1k km/s 240% 3k km/s 72% 5k km/s 48% 10k km/s 24%
Charon completed the gate from Dundee to Blackpool, but it will be some time before we are able to send a force into the
nebula to protect our salvagers from whatever destroyed those ships. Charon heads to Sothampton to build a
Southampton/Preston gate.
Aardvark arrived in a new system again, Canterbury. It is a quadrinary, but only sun A has any planets. A is a K2-class,
the other suns are much weaker. A has 5 planets and a staggering 250 asteriods. Canterbury I is a dwarf planet and due to
the weak sun the only planet which might be inside the habitable zone. II is a gas giant and III-V are dwarf planets again.
There is no gate on this side and Aardvark jumps back into Lancaster and moves to the next jump point.
While visiting the Church of Jais home planet one of our traders found a folder with some technical drawings and
descriptions in a public transport system. When he showed the folder to the engineer of his ship the engineer could hardly
believe his eyes. Those were plans for a Active Grav Sensor, and more importantly at a higher tech level than what the
Mountain Tribe currently knows. The captain called for a fast courier ship via the gate network and the courier took the
plans back to Polaris ASAP. On the day the courier arrived back at Polaris Eleanor Singh completed the Magneto-Plasma
Engine prototype.
There was some debate wether to start building new ships right now or pre-build some engines while at the same time trying
to get some new sensors prototyped involving the new tech. In the end it was decided to wait a bit longer since we have
already seen by how much time pre-build parts are able to shorten shipbuilding.
The new sensor tech allows us to lower the tonnage of the 100MR170 sensor from 300t to 250t and even gain additional 9mkm
range, the R18 sensor stays at 250t, but its range is increased from 27mkm to close to 36mkm. Storey Dynamics will
prototype both new sensors. Eleanor Singh starts to look into a high power Magneto-Plasma FAC/fighter engine to be build by
Dickinson Turbines.
Aardvark made her next jump, leading to the gateless Kilmarnock system. It was a single weak M1-class sun and 4 planets. I
and II terrestrial, III a dwarf and IV another terrestrial with the only 2 moons in this system. Kilmarnock might be inside
the habitable zone. Aardvark jumps back to Lancaster and heads towards the last unexplored jump point.
Aardvark arrived in the Aberystwyth system, no gate here. Aberystwyth has a single G9-class sun and 9 planets. I is a supr
jovian, II-V terrestrials, VI and VII super jovian, VIII and IX are dwarf planets. II and III might be inside the habitable
zone. With all Lancaster jump points explored Aardvark returns to Polaris for some rest.
July: Both active sensor prototypes have been completed and the Mamba I missile has been completed as well. Gemma Kaur
continues with Beam Fire Control Range 32k while Bradley Schofield will prototype missile fire controls. A bit later
Eleanor Singh completed the FAC/fighter engine prototype and starts to look into Capacitor Recharge Rate 4. While our
factories are producing the new sensors and engines a carrier has been designed. The King George V class, able to carry 8
of the new medium range Thunderbolt fighter-bombers. To house the Thunderbolt while the King George Vs are still under
construction a large hanger will be build on Polaris.
King George V class Carrier 12 000 tons 190 Crew 1632 BP TCS 240 TH 960 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 1-46 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 6 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.27 Years MSP 510 AFR 192% IFR 2.7% 1YR 134 5YR 2014 Max Repair 105 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 52
Hangar Deck Capacity 4000 tons Magazine 540
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (6) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 1 515 000 Litres Range 36.1 billion km (104 days at full power)
Storey Dynamics Active Search Sensor MR109-R170 (1) GPS 17850 Range 109.5m km Resolution 170
Storey Dynamics Active Search Sensor MR35-R18 (1) GPS 1890 Range 35.6m km Resolution 18
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Thunderbolt class Fighter-bomber 500 tons 6 Crew 128 BP TCS 10 TH 112 EM 0
11200 km/s Armour 1-5 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 3
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 100% IFR 1.4% 1YR 17 5YR 257 Max Repair 56 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.2 months Spare Berths 2
Magazine 20
Dickinson Turbines 112 EP MPD 1.75 (1) Power 112 Fuel Use 272.25% Signature 112 Exp 17%
Fuel Capacity 15 000 Litres Range 2.0 billion km (49 hours at full power)
Sheppard-Walters Size 2 Box Launcher (10) Missile Size 2 Hangar Reload 15 minutes MF Reload 2.5 hours
Walters-Brookes MFC 42-R18 (1) Range 42.8m km Resolution 18
Mamba I (10) Speed: 20 000 km/s End: 93.9m Range: 112.7m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 80/48/24
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
In the long run we want to have dedicated sensor ships, but for the moment the carriers will be used in this role.
Odonnell&Co. starts to retool its 2 slipways for the new carriers.
August: The MFC R170 is completed as well as a new size 2 (50%) missile launcher and a new missile cruiser is designed, the
Vanguard class. It doubles as a sensor ship as well. Shah Shipbuilding starts to retool its 4 slipways for the new
Vanguards. With retooling of Odonnell completed in June 1972 and Shah in May 1972 industrial capacitiy is distributed to
have all pre-build components ready then. In May 1972 we should have completed the basic research for a 1000t laser FAC as
well (OOC: And with the other tribes continually feeding the Swarm in Stevenage I am afraid that I will face 1000 ships
there).
Vanguard class Missile Cruiser 12 000 tons 267 Crew 1820 BP TCS 240 TH 960 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 1-46 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 5 PPV 60
Maint Life 2.21 Years MSP 474 AFR 230% IFR 3.2% 1YR 130 5YR 1954 Max Repair 105 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Magazine 1020
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (6) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 1 390 000 Litres Range 33.1 billion km (95 days at full power)
Palmer-Waters Size 2 Missile Launcher (50% Reduction) (60) Missile Size 2 Rate of Fire 100
Walters-Brookes MFC 42-R18 (1) Range 42.8m km Resolution 18
Parsons-Reid Missile Fire Control FC131-R170 (2) Range 131.4m km Resolution 170
Mamba I (510) Speed: 20 000 km/s End: 93.9m Range: 112.7m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 80/48/24
Storey Dynamics Active Search Sensor MR35-R18 (1) GPS 1890 Range 35.6m km Resolution 18
Storey Dynamics Active Search Sensor MR109-R170 (1) GPS 17850 Range 109.5m km Resolution 170
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
With 2 more Illustrious soon to be completed a couple of minor research projects are put on hold to develope a new
commercial engine using Magneto-Plasma technology.
September: Illustrious 1 is back at Polaris and loads a construction brigade to ship it to Douglas III.
October: The new commercial engine prototype is completed and a updated troop transport is designed, 10% cheaper and 20%
faster, the Illustrious Mk2.
Illustrious Mk2 class Troop Transport 23 000 tons 142 Crew 683.4 BP TCS 460 TH 1152 EM 0
2504 km/s Armour 1-72 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 19 Max Repair 40 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Troop Capacity: 5 Battalions Cargo Handling Multiplier 5
Daniels-Whitehead 192 EP Commercial MPD (6) Power 192 Fuel Use 4.96% Signature 192 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 530 000 Litres Range 83.6 billion km (386 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Construction of 2 more Illustrious troop carriers was completed and with their load of 2 mobile infantry, 2 garrison and 1
replacement unit they head to the digs at Aberdeen II and III.
Civilian Administrator Thomas Dobson has increased his population growth bonus to 15%, it looks like he really wants to
leave the mining colony he is currently assigned to for a real colony.
November: The Protectorate regards us as allies now. With us being able to see the Protectorate's transponders it seems
like there is another jump point at a heading of 74° of their homeworld.
Grav survey shows no additional jump points in Bristol, making it a dead end. But it is a dead end with a 0.42 colony cost
planet, sooner rather than later we will try to establish a colony there.
December: Thomas Dobson is at it again, pop growth skill is at 20% now. 50 auto mines and a mass driver have been
established on Polaris Comet#5, with Duranium down to 30% accessability at Polaris we have to look at other systems now for
new sources and build transports to ship them back to Polaris. Our Duranium reserves on Polaris are down to 20kt. Hauler
Mk3 was designed.
Hauler Mk3 class Freighter 35 750 tons 97 Crew 564.4 BP TCS 715 TH 1152 EM 0
1611 km/s Armour 1-96 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 10 Max Repair 38.4 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Cargo 25000 Cargo Handling Multiplier 5
Daniels-Whitehead 192 EP Commercial MPD (6) Power 192 Fuel Use 4.96% Signature 192 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 785 000 Litres Range 79.7 billion km (572 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
A mining colony is established on London III Moon 30, there are 3.5mt of 100% Duranium on this moon. 200 automines are
contracted to be brought there.
At 29th December 11 strength 6 explosions are detected in London and the wreck of a Tundra Tribe Deutschland class (survey
ship) appears on the sensors of the civilian ships in the system fairly close to London III. A few minutes later High
Command is informed and orders 4 Resolutions to investigate the incident. Since there is a Church Panuco class with active
252R78 sensors fairly close it is most likely that the Church and Tundra Tribe are at war. No more fighting till the end of
the year.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Wealth +10, Min +20, Ship +5, Log +15, Pop +10, Ground +20, Polit +5)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Wealth +25, Fact +55, Min +30, Ship +35, Log +5, Pop +5, Ground +25)
Pop: 791m (+14)
Factories: 1000
Mines/automines: 149/306
Labs: 52 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/12000, 2/12000, 8/1000, 2/4000 (+500)
Commercial yards: 3/113700 (+7900), 2/62700 (+8000)
Thermal: 20.8k (+0.1), Tundra 22.6k (+1.0), Hill 22.1k (+0.2)
EM: 62.5k (+0.9), Tundra 60.3k (+1.8), Hill 59.5k (+0.8)
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Wealth +5, Fact +50, Min +15, Log +10, Pop +25, Ground +10, Polit +30)
Pop: 45.5m (+5.5 )
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 171 (+18)
Terraformers: 3
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Wealth +20, Mining +20, Ship +30, Pop +30, Terra +15, Polit +10)
Pop: 20.1m (+2.3)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 50 (+9)
Polaris Comet#4 (Thomas Dobson - Adm 3 - Wealth +15, Fact +10, Min +20, Ship +15, Pop +20, Terra +10)
Automines: 50
164k 90% Duranium, 207 80% Corundium
Polaris Comet#5 (Jacob James - Adm 3 - Min +30)
Automines: 50
154k 70% Duranium, 221k 50% Mercassium
Douglas III - Ruins - TL4, 14 Installations, +80% defense research - Digging
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 209 Installations
Middlesborough II-Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Aberdeen II - TL2 - 63 Installations - +30% power/propulsion
Aberdeen III - TL2 - 70 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 25%, 20% / Mining Production 14t, Shipbuilding Rate 560
Defense: 50% / Shield Regeneration 2
Energy: 35%, 25% / Ultraviolet Laser, 20cm Laser
Logistics: 30%, 25% / Engineering Section - Tiny, Brigade Headquarters
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Missile Reload Rate 4, Ordnance Production 12BP
Power: 55%, 30% / Capacitor Recharge Rate 4, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 20% / Beam Fire Control Range 32k, Fire Control Speed 4k, EM Sensor 11
Civilian Shipping (5700 up to 6380 - most likely the shorter trips with the automines helped here):
Godfrey Lines - 33 ships (1990 income)
Shepherd Corp - 29 ships (+2 - 2380 income)
Payne Transport - 6 ships (+1 - 630 income)
Doherty Transport - 4 ships (320 income)
Lloyd T&T - 7 ships (+1 - 480 income)
Sharp Company - 5 ships (+1 - 290 income)
Lawson Container - 3 ships (190 income)
John T&T - 2 ships (80 income)
Clements Carrier - 2 ships (40 income)
Income at 39.8k (+2.2) and 32.1k spend (+1.7). Wealth reserves are at 32.9k.
-
1972
January: 16 strength 6 nuclear detonations in the vincinity of London III/Aberdeen gate, this time a Protectorate Tramp
class (most likely a cargo ship) was destroyed. Church vs. everybody but us?
A construction factory has been recovered on Douglas III.
February: The Resolutions found 3 Church Panuco class ships in London and will follow them if possible, but for the
moment they are stationary.
A new gate was found in Cambridge, right were they Protectorate ships were observed earlier, with a but of luck there migh
be a shorter way to Polaris than the one we are currently using.
Crawford Corp. completed retooling for the Illustrious Mk2, the troop transport bays have been completed as well and 18
engines have been produced by now, more than enough for the 2 ships that are to be build now. Instead of taking 15
months the ships will be completed in 5 months.
A abandoned mine was recovered on Sheffield.
March: Simmons Enterprises completed retooling for the 3 Hauler Mk3s, but there are only engines for 2 of them
pre-build at the moment, so only 2 will be build now. Time saved - in absolute numbers - is not so large with the Haulers,
instead of 8 months it will take 5 months now.
In addition with the parts for a FAC nearing completion a new fast sensor ship is designed to lead the FACs to their targets.
Not quite as fast as the FACs should be, but with 10kkm/sec still having formidable speed. The Spider class:
Spider class Sensor Ship 4 000 tons 85 Crew 804 BP TCS 80 TH 800 EM 0
10000 km/s Armour 1-22 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 800% IFR 11.1% 1YR 528 5YR 7925 Max Repair 105 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (5) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 340 000 Litres Range 24.3 billion km (28 days at full power)
Patel & Rhodes Active Search Sensor MR3-R1 (1) GPS 60 Range 3.6m km MCR 392k km Resolution 1
Storey Dynamics Active Search Sensor MR109-R170 (1) GPS 17850 Range 109.5m km Resolution 170
Storey Dynamics Active Search Sensor MR35-R18 (1) GPS 1890 Range 35.6m km Resolution 18
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
3.25 million litres of fuel were found on Sheffield III.
April: Eleanor Singh has completed Capacitor Recharge Rate 4, fuel consumption 0.6 is next.
Vulture 5 has salvaged the Protectorate Tramp class, as expected it is a cargo transport of some kind, 2 200EP Commercial
Plasma-Drives have been recovered, pretty similar to the 192EP ones we are using, but they will have to be moved to a lab
to see if we can learn anything more from them. The small Tundra Deutschland survey craft is next.
Bradley Schofield completed research into Fire Control Speed 4k and takes over EM Sensitivity 11 from Aron Heath. A few days
later Gemma Kaur completed Beam Fire Control Range 32k and a beam fire control prototype is designed with a range of up to
256kkm and a tracking speed of 8km/sec, weighting 200t and to be bild by Kent-Blake. Prototyping a Spinal Mount 19cm Near
Ultravilot Laser is started as well, max range is 270kkm and it is able to fire every 45sec with a max damage of 9, this prototype
will be build by Bibi-Mellor. Both prototypes will be completed in early June.
May: Research into Engineering Section - Tiny has been completed by Sam Harrison. He will start to look into Ground
Unit Strength 12 next.
The Dartmouth jump point brought Agincourt to Nottingham, there is no gate on this side and Agincourt heads to Cambridge
to take a look at the new gate there.
Another Hill Tribe Longsword took the gate to Stevenage, no ship that entered has ever returned. And this Longsword only has
R85 sensors, there is no way for them to detect the Swarm ships before it is too late. It seems that our brothers in the other
tribes are very brave, but very stupid as well to try to deal with the Swarm without propper preparations. But soon we should
be able to stop this senseless slaughter once our laser FACs have been build and trained.
Shah Shipbuilding completed retooling for the Vangaurd Missile Cruisers, all components for the 4 ships are ready, now they just
have to be assembled. April 1974 would be the regular build time, the pre-build components will lower it to October 1972, just
5 months from now.
Charon has completed the Southampton/Preston gate, Styx will still need 138 for its Southampton/Lancaster gate. Charon heads
back to Polaris for some rest.
Bethany Fleming completed reseach into Ordnance Production 12 and continues with 14.
June: The beam fire control and spinal laser prototypes have been completed. A new FAC is designed, the Spitfire. It has a
speed of 11.2kkm/sec, but sadly with our current technology we are not able to fit a large enough fire control into the design to
make use of the range and potential tracking speed of the laser. But even in their current form those ships should be able to keep
the Swarm ships at a distance and hopefully outrange their weapons.
Spitfire class Fast Attack Craft 1 000 tons 45 Crew 337.5 BP TCS 20 TH 224 EM 0
11200 km/s Armour 1-8 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 4
Maint Life 2.07 Years MSP 53 AFR 32% IFR 0.4% 1YR 17 5YR 248 Max Repair 154 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 1.3 months Spare Berths 0
Dickinson Turbines 112 EP MPD 1.75 (2) Power 112 Fuel Use 272.25% Signature 112 Exp 17%
Fuel Capacity 80 000 Litres Range 5.3 billion km (5 days at full power)
Bibi-Mellor 19cm C1 Near Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 256 000km TS: 11200 km/s Power 9-1 RM 3 ROF 45 9 9 9 6 5 4 3 3 3 2
Kent-Blake Fire Control S04 128-8000 (1) Max Range: 256 000 km TS: 8000 km/s 96 92 88 84 80 77 73 69 65 61
Stellarator Fusion Reactor Technology PB-1 (1) Total Power Output 1.2 Armour 0 Exp 5%
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Building them from scratch would take 1 year, so their components will be pre-build as well. The engines are already build.
With using 95% of our industrial capacity it will take 1 month to build the other parts.
Gemma Kaur starts to look into Fire Control Speed Rating 5k while Oliver Fuller takes over Ultraviolet Laser research.
Odonnel&Co. finished retooling for the King George Vs, the first carriers of the Moutain Tribe. The 2 carriers will be completed
by April 1973.
July: 2 Illustrious Mk2s have been build, and with unrest rising at London-III Moon 31 one of them brings 5 garrison units
there. 2 more are ordered, without pre-build parts this time. A new shipping line has been created, Banks Container Lines. And
a mass driver has been recovered on Douglas III.
The gate in Cambridge brought Aardvark to a gate in Sunderland, no shortcut to Polaris here. Aardvark heads back to Cambridge.
Construction of the FAC components has been completed, the first 8 Spitfires will be ready in 1.5 months instead of close to a year.
Maybe we will even be able to start the attack on Stevenage at the end of the year.
After some months of peace there is a new wreck in London after 13 strength 6 nuclear detonations destroyed a Protectorate Darwin
class. We still dont know if the Church ships are the source of the attacks, but it seems likely. They were just 10mkm away when the
Darwin was destroyed. Shortly thereafter the Church ships leave their position and due to their limited sensors the Resolutions are
unable to follow and return to Polaris.
August: The first 2 Hauler Mk3 are completed, a 3rd is still under construction.
A commercial spaceport has been recovered on Aberdeen III, but sadly we are not able to move it to a more usefull planet. But now
that the building of the most important ship components is over we begin to work on a spaceport at Polaris.
The 8 Spitfires were completed. The best training officers are assigned to the new ships and training starts immediatly, despite the
Spitfires being better used from a carrier. But it will be some more months before the first carriers will be available.
All 200 automines have been shipped off to London III Moon 30, and 40 are still underway, but the first commercial freighters have
started to move trade goods again. It will have taken more than 9 month to transport all those automines.
3 new jumps points have been found n Exeter by the Protectorate, 1 of them with a gate. With only Akira Kurosawa close exploring those
jump points will have to wait for now, she will be needed to provide fuel for the Spitfires once their training is completed. The Protectorate
is using 3 Darwin class geo ships and 4 Mojokassa class grav ships in Exceter.
September: The Haulers are ordered to move 4 maintenance facilities from Aberdeen III to Polaris which have been retrieved during the dig.
A deep space tracking station has been recovered on Aberdeen III and a genetic modification center on Aberdeen II.
It looks like our Church friends are at it again, this time in Aberdeen. The 3 Panuco classes seen earlier in London are here and there were
48 strength 6 nuclear detonations detected at Aberdeen I. 45min later there are another 48 explosions. And 1 day later again, but this time
they are clearly identified as ground bursts. Whoever is down there, the Church does not like them. But it is strange that we never saw
anything on Aberdeen I, neither when exploring the system nor after the deep space tracking station was found, but the distance between
Aberdeen I and III might be to large to pick up a weak signal.
October: A new gated jump point has been found in Chester.
4 Vanguard classes have been build and begin training.
Brooke Begum completed Missile Launcher Reload 4 and starts to look into Missile Agility 64.
A new jump point was found in Holy Loch by the Protectorate.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15))
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +30, Terra +5, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 806m (+15)
Factories: 1000
Mines/automines: 142/146
Labs: 54 (+2)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/12000, 2/12000, 8/1000, 2/4000
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 20.0k (-0.8 ), Tundra 23.0k (+0.4), Hill 22.5k (+0.4)
EM: 62.6k (+0.1), Tundra 61.4k (+0.9 ), Hill 60.6k (+1.1)
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 50.8m (+5.3)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 188 (+17)
Terraformers: 6
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +30, Wealth +20, Mine +30, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 22.2m (+2.1)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 50
Terraformers: 2
Polaris Comet#4 (Thomas Dobson - Adm 3 - Ship +15, Fact +10, Wealth +15, Mine +20, Terra +10, Pop +20)
Automines: 50
163k 90% Duranium, 206k 80% Corundium
Polaris Comet#5 (Jacob James - Adm 3 - Min +30)
Automines: 50
153k 70% Duranium, 221k 50% Mercassium
London III Moon 30 (Charlie Wyatt - Adm 4 - Ship +10, Fact +10, Wealth +5, Mine +20, Terra +20)
Automines: 199
3536k 100% Duranium, 1131k 90% Boronide, 2196k 100% Uridium
Douglas III - Ruins - TL4, 7 Installations, +80% defense research - Digging
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 197 Installations - Digging
Middlesborough II-Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Aberdeen II - TL2 - 55 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - TL2 - 63 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 45%, 25% / Shipbuilding Rate 560, Mining Production 14t
Defense: 50% / Shield Regeneration 2
Energy: 35%, 25% / Ultraviolet Laser, 20cm Laser
Logistics: 30%, 25% / Ground Unit Strength 12, Brigade Headquarters
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Missile Agility 64, Ordnance Production 14
Power: 55%, 30% / Fuel Consumption 0.6, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30% / Fire Control Speed 5k, EM Sensor 11,
Civilian Shipping (6380 up to 4240):
Godfrey Lines - 31 ships (-2 - 1540 income)
Shepherd Corp - 30 ships (+1 - 1270 income)
Payne Transport - 7 ships (+1 - 320 income)
Doherty Transport - 4 ships (320 income)
Lloyd T&T - 8 ships (+1 - 340 income)
Sharp Company - 6 ships (+1 - 290 income)
Lawson Container - 3 ships (120 income)
John T&T - 2 ships (80 income)
Clements Carrier - 2 ships (50 income)
Banks Container - 2 ships (40 income)
Income at 39.6k (-0.2) and 37.6k spend (+5.5). Wealth reserves are at 34.9k.
-
1973
February: Constuction of the commercial spaceport completed on Polaris, this should help a little bit with the civilian
shipping.
March: The Protectorate completed grav survey of the Holy Loch system, there are 3 jump points there. And we found a new
jump point in the Peterhead system, no gate.
April: The digging crews on Douglas III have disturbed an underground vault containing robotic defenders with a strength
equivalent to an assault battalion. But with the number of forces on Douglas it should be no problem to keep them at bay.
At the same time we managed to learn about Fuel Consumption 0.6 from the Protectorate trade ships. Eleanor Singh starts to
look into Tokamak Fusion Reactor Technology instead.
Spitfire TF-training level reached 50%. And the first 2 King George V carriers have been completed and start to train.
May: Bradley Schofield researched EM Sensors 11 and the fairly substancial improvement of the active sensor range over the
currently used EM 8 new sensors are prototyped, the first one will be a 250t R18 sensor to be build by Gibson-Grant. And
with the current training speed it might very very be possible, that the Spiders will have been refitted with this sensor
before the FACs are ready to enter Stevenage.
June: Sam Harrison completed research into Ground Unit Strength 12 and starts to look into Engineering Section - Fighter.
The Protectorate completed grav survey of the Exeter system, it has 4 jump points.
A interesting find for a change, a research lab has been uncovered on Douglas III, which means that our forces were able to
push back the robots. The participating units and commanders receive the Combat Medal. With the 80% bonus for defensive
research the lab will be used to take a look into Thermal Reducation 75% without any specialist. For some reason we have
not managed to get more than 1 defensive specialist from the academies in more than 23 years - but at least the one we have
is a fairy good one.
The Protectorate completed grav survey of Southampton, there are 4 jump points with gates on 3 of them (2 actually build by
us) and a 4th - still unexplored one - under construction by a Protectorate gate builder. The gates lead to Douglas,
Lancaster and Preston.
July: Oliver Fuller completed research into Ultraviolett Laser and takes over 20cm Laser research. By the end of July TF-
training of the Spitfires is at 70%, rising even so slowly, but at least due to this grade levels are able to rise as well,
they are up from 12% to 16%-17% which should be helpful against the small and fast swarm ships.
August: The ruins on Douglas III are fully exploited and the construction units are shipped off to Sheffield.
2 additional Illustrious Mk2s have been build and 2 Illustrious will be upgraded. The new R18 sensor prototype is completed
and 4 of them will be pre-build for refits, next is the R170 prototype to be build by Howell International.
With all the training going on we start to feel a drain on our fuel reserves for the first time, with 60mt there is still
plenty, but in the medium term we will need a fuel harvester, so once the next major research project is completed we will
have to start looking into a fuel harvesting module.
September: The Protectorate has found a new jump point in Canterbury, in addition they have already geo surveyed about 75%
of the huge number of asteroids in the system. It looks like our own grav and geo survey ships are only needed for the
systems which were already surveyed by the Protectorate before they started to share their knowledge with us.
October: Bradley Schofield has completed the R170 sensor prototype, work is started on a R1 prototype to be build by
Leach-Oneill. Since it is only needed for point defense its size is lowered to 100t, giving it a range of 500kkm.
By the end of October Spitfire TF-training is at 94%, we will be able to face the Swarm in Stevenage before the end of the
year. Now we actually have to hope that one of the Tribes sends a ship to Stevenage to use the distraction for entering the
system without our ships getting shot to pieces at the gate if the Swarm should be waiting there.
November: Akira Kurosawa heads to the Stevenage gate to provide fuel to the Spitfires before they enter Stevenage.
Research into the new R1 sensor prototype is completed and Anna Heath is assigned 8 labs to look into Sorium Harvesters.
Bradly Schofield starts to look into Beam Fire Control Range 40k.
Spitfire TF-Training is completed and together with the Spider class sensor ships they move to the Stevenage gate. The
Spitfire training officers are exchaged for high initiative officers hopefully able to keep their distance from the Swarm
ships. Overall commander of the 8 Spitfires is Commander Brooke Bates. And since no other ships are heading towards
Stevenson we will have to make a plan to prevent getting shoot to pieces if the Swarm ships are at the jump point.
In the end it was decided that the Spitfires will enter first and move away from the gate at full speed, one Spider will
enter the system 5 minutes later, hopefully without meeting any resistance. Once all sensors are working again we will try
to engage and destroy the Swarm ships.
Commander Bates leads his sqadron away from the Polaris gate at a heading of 309° without having seen any enemies on their
very basic sensors. 5 minutes later the Spider class sensor ship Obsidian enters Stevenage, moving away from the Polaris
gate at a heading of 139°. It takes a bit over 2 minutes before the sensors are back online, but there are no enemy ships
in range. And quite strangely there are no wreck in the system as well. It seems like the Swarm are good salvagers. The
Obsidian meets up with the Spitfires and together they head towards the center of the system. Spider class Opal jumps into
Stevenage as well to keep the gate to Polaris under observation.
Nearly 1 day later Obsidian picks up 542 750t contacts of the dreaded Swarm Hasan Basri class on a collision course, a few
minutes later 7 more of them appear on the screens. Their speed is 10666km/sec, which is faster than Obsidian's top speed.
Obsidian reserves course and heads back towards the Polaris gate while the Spitfires continue to close the distance to the
Swarm ships. We can only hope that the Swarm is already moving at top speed, if they are able to go faster than 11.2kkm/sec
this will be a very short engagement.
Commander Bates orders his Spitfires to close the distance to the Swarm down to 200kkm, then to reverse course and head
towards the jump point at a speed of 9000km/sec while fireing on the Swarm ships. At a distance of 120kkm the Spitfires
will match the Swarm's speed. At this distance our hit chances are around 60%. It seems like 10666km/sec is the Hasan
Basri's top speec, since they are unable to close the distance. Soon there were lots of Swarm wrecks, but they simply kept
on coming.
[ooc]OOC: Once it was clear that getting rid of all the swarm ships would simply take lots of time without any real danger I
SMed in a new super race and gave them some high tech laser ships to wipe out those pesky little Swarm ships.[/ooc]
It was noted that instead of losing atmosphere when their hulls were penetrated the Swarm ships lost fluid. Maybe the Swarm
is a fish-like aquatic race that needs to breath water. But only once this endless slaughter has ended we might be able to
take a closer look at those ships and take some prisoners. And concerning prisoners another strange thing was noted, there
were no life pods when a Swarm ship was destroyed. With their singleminded attacks without any regard for their own safety
maybe the Swarm does not even have life pods, prefering to die rather than face defeat, surrender or captivity.
When the last Swarm FAC was destroyed we closed in to one of the wrecks. A close scan showed that they are actually not
wrecks, but corpses. The Swarm is acutally a race of giant space bugs and the fluid we saw leaking earlier is their blood.
Obsidian moves toward Stevenage-I with the Spitfires and the Akira following, we have no idea if those biological ships
actually have or need a homeworld, but we will take a closer look at all the planets.
December: Grav survey of Belfast was completed, it has a total of 3 jump points, all of them with a gate.
Nothing of note was found on Stevenage I-III, expect II and III being fairly suitable worlds for a colony with a col cost
of just 2.0. But as we approached Stevenage IV the sensors picked up 3 huge ships in its orbit. The ships are identified as
Swarm ships and the computer calls them the Yos Sudarso class, they have a tonnage of 60kt each. They are moving at
1000km/sec with a heading of 303° which is pretty much 100% away from us, but we follow them.
With the behavior seen from the little Swarm ships the Yos Sudarsos look like a "civilian" class to us, otherwise they
would sure head right at us like their smaller breathen, we keep moving towards them, but will keep a distance of 120kkm as
with the smaller ships. When Obsidian got closer to the planet the sensors picked up 53 additional Swarm ships, designated
the Sutanto class. And the 3 Yos Sudarsos have reversed course and are heading right at us now. A little while later they
head back to Stevenage IV.
When we get in range for the R18 sensors the Sutantos show a tonnage of 5650t, they seem to be immobile in orbit. Maybe
some kind of defense platforms. With the range down to 30mkm the Yos Sudarsos suddenly activate strong 336R100 active
sensors. This does not look like what a civilian ship would use, but for now they stay in orbit. At a range of 17.9mkm
Obsidian picks up new energy emissions. They match what our scientists saw during experiments with defensive shielding, but
the strength of those shields is incredible, based on our data they can absorb 600 points of damage, but we have no idea
how fast they would be able to regenerate. Obsidian stops while the Spitfires move closer.
Once the Spitfires closed to 1.2mkm the Sudarsos start to head their way again. Our lasers have some problems with tracking
the Swarm ships, they have a strength 30 ECM system. Once the Spitfires are at 200kkm Commander Bates orders to stop to let
the huge ships come to us and open fire whenever they enter our weapons range. Due to the ECM 30 fire was only opened at a
range of 177kkm, and only a single strength 1 hit was scored, the to hit chances are down to 6% vs. the Sudarsos. Commander
Bates orders to let them close the distance a bit more for more/better hits. 20 seconds later the to-hit-rate is up to 14%,
but the lasers will need another 25 seconds to recharge.
At 133kkm the lasers fire again, this time 5 hits for 2 damage each are scored with a to hit chance of 25%. Commander Bates
orders the Spitfires to head toward the Polaris gate at 1000km/sec when the range is down to 128kkm. It took just 5 seconds
for the Sudarso to recharge the shields back to 600, so their regen rate is at least 2 per seconds. And with this it
becomes fairly clear that the Spitfires have no chance to penetrate those shields unless getting closer which might expose
them to enemy fire. At 128kkm the hit chances are just 28-29%. Just 3 hits were scored on the next volley. Commander Bates
orders the ships to move around the Sudarsos and head for the Sutantos who seem to be unshielded, all Spitfires are to stop
and open fire at a range of 128kkm.
But it turns out that the Sudarsos will stop their pursuit once the Spitfires were too far away from them, so they will
have to be lured away for about 1 hour it seems. Due to a navigations error (OCC: "move to" + setting a distance does not
seem to work) the Spitfires end up at a distance of just 83kkm from the 5650t ships, but either they have no weapons, or we
are still outside their range. The to hit chances are around 80%, so it seems like they dont have any ECM. 6 lasers hit for
3 damage each, destroying one of the aliens. After 1 hour all Sutantos are destroyed. With the Sudarsos currently following
the Obsidian back towards the gate the Spitfires take a closer look at the moon the Sutantos were orbiting. But nothing was
found there and the Spitfires head back towards the gate as well and Obsidian is ordered to raise its speed to 10kkm/sec.
The Vanguard's TF-training is at 73% and the Thunderbolts have just started their training, so it will be quite some time
before we are able to deal with the Sudarsos. High Command founded a new type of medal, a campaign ribbon, being awarded
for participation in a large scale operation. And due to both the number of enemies - 600 ships destroyed so far - and the
huge 60k shielded ships still left the first medal of this new type will be the Stevenage Swarm Ribbon.
Grav Survey of Belfast is completed, there are a total of 3 jump point in this system, all of them with gates.
On Polaris it is noted that the orders to pre-build the new active sensors got lost somehow in the bureaucracy, so new
orders are placed now.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +30, Terra +5, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 816m (+10)
Factories: 1000
Mines/automines: 124/164
Labs: 59 (+5)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/13000 (+1000), 2/14000 (+2000), 8/1000, 2/4000
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 20.5k (+0.5), Tundra 23.0k (+0.4), Hill 22.5k (+0.4)
EM: 63.7k (+1.1), Tundra 61.4k (+0.9 ), Hill 60.6k (+1.1)
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 61.4m (+9.6)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 205 (+17)
Terraformers: 11
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +30, Wealth +20, Mine +30, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 24.3m (+2.1)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 50
Terraformers: 4
Polaris Comet#4 (Thomas Dobson - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +20, Fact +10, Wealth +15, Mine +20, Terra +10, Pop +20)
Automines: 50
161k 90% Duranium, 204k 80% Corundium
Polaris Comet#5 (Jacob James - Adm 3 - Min +30)
Automines: 50
152k 70% Duranium, 220k 50% Mercassium
London III Moon 30 (Charlie Wyatt - Adm 4 - Ship +10, Fact +15, Wealth +5, Mine +20, Terra +20)
Automines: 199
3533k 100% Duranium, 1128k 90% Boronide, 2193k 100% Uridium
Douglas III - +80% defense research - 1.1m pop, 1 factory, 3 mines, 1 mass driver, 1 research lab
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 189 Installations - Digging
Middlesborough II-Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Aberdeen II - TL2 - 53 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - TL2 - 58 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 45%, 25% / Sorium Harvester, Mining Production 14t
Defense: 50% / Shield Regeneration 2
Energy: 35%, 25% / 20cm Laser, Far Ultraviolet Laser
Logistics: 30%, 25% / Engineering Section - Fighter, Brigade Headquarters
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Missile Agility 64, Ordnance Production 14
Power: 55%, 30% / Tokamak Fusion Reactor, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 25% / Fire Control Speed 5k, Beam Fire Control Range 40k, Thermal Reduction 75% (DS)
Civilian Shipping (4240 up to 5860):
Godfrey Lines - 32 ships (+1 - 2130 income)
Shepherd Corp - 30 ships (+2 - 1600 income)
Payne Transport - 7 ships (650 income)
Doherty Transport - 6 ships (+2 - 240 income)
Lloyd T&T - 9 ships (+1 - 560 income)
Sharp Company - 7 ships (+1 - 430 income)
Lawson Container - 4 ships (+1 - 170 income)
John T&T - 2 ships (20 income)
Clements Carrier - 2 ships (40 income)
Banks Container - 2 ships (120 income)
Income at 41.2k (+1.6) and 38.4k spend (+0.8). Wealth reserves are at 45.8k.
-
1974
January: Updated variants of the Spider sensor ship and the King George V carrier are designed and 2 of each are ordered.
The Spider Mk2's tonnage goes down to 2000t and uses improved sensors and is given 400 cryo bays for rescue operations.
King George V Mk2 adds 2000t and gets rid of its sensors and adds another hangar and more fuel capacity. And with the
Spiders mainly staying with the fleet now the new Raven class, a new fighter-scout ship is designed to mark FAC-class
targets for the Thunderbolts and the Crow class for anything below 900t.
The King Georges will operate in pairs and carry 5 FACs, 2 fighter-scouts and 8 fighter-bombers.
Spider Mk2 class Sensor Ship 2 000 tons 44 Crew 462 BP TCS 40 TH 160 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 1-14 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
Maint Life 3.46 Years MSP 144 AFR 32% IFR 0.4% 1YR 18 5YR 276 Max Repair 105 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Cryogenic Berths 400
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (1) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 500 000 Litres Range 71.4 billion km (206 days at full power)
Gibson-Grant Active Search Sensor MR49-R18 (1) GPS 1890 Range 49.0m km Resolution 18
Howell International Active Search Sensor MR150-R170 (1) GPS 17850 Range 150.6m km Resolution 170
Leach-Oneill Active Search Sensor MR4-R1 (1) GPS 42 Range 4.6m km MCR 503k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
King George V Mk2 class Carrier 14 000 tons 200 Crew 1754 BP TCS 280 TH 1120 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 1-51 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 7 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.26 Years MSP 548 AFR 224% IFR 3.1% 1YR 145 5YR 2176 Max Repair 80 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 129
Hangar Deck Capacity 5000 tons Magazine 540
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (7) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 2 140 000 Litres Range 43.7 billion km (126 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Raven class Fighter-Scout 500 tons 9 Crew 173 BP TCS 10 TH 112 EM 0
11200 km/s Armour 1-5 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 100% IFR 1.4% 1YR 62 5YR 936 Max Repair 105 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.13 months Spare Berths 0
Dickinson Turbines 112 EP MPD 1.75 (1) Power 112 Fuel Use 272.25% Signature 112 Exp 17%
Fuel Capacity 15 000 Litres Range 2.0 billion km (49 hours at full power)
Gibson-Grant Active Search Sensor MR49-R18 (1) GPS 1890 Range 49.0m km Resolution 18
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
Crow class Fighter-Scout 500 tons 9 Crew 173 BP TCS 10 TH 112 EM 0
11200 km/s Armour 1-5 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 100% IFR 1.4% 1YR 62 5YR 936 Max Repair 105 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.13 months Spare Berths 0
Dickinson Turbines 112 EP MPD 1.75 (1) Power 112 Fuel Use 272.25% Signature 112 Exp 17%
Fuel Capacity 15 000 Litres Range 2.0 billion km (49 hours at full power)
Whitehouse-Hussain Active Search Sensor MR11-R1 (1) GPS 105 Range 11.6m km MCR 1.3m km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
With the focus on pre-building parts for the new ship designs we might be able to build up some surplus population again.
The Protectorate completed the grav survey of Canterbury, there are 3 jump points there.
February: We found a gated jump point in the Sunderland system and Agincourt moves to explore.
March: Brooke Begum raised his admin skill up to 12, thus being able to coordinate 60 labs at once, it is a pity we only
have 59 at the moment.
The gate in Sunderland leads to Holy Loch and Agincourt heads to the unexplored jump point there. And the jump points lead
to the Bath system. It has a sungle class G4 sun, roughly to same as the Polaris sun. There are 9 planets in the system,
the innermost a gas giant, followed by a terrestrial most likely a bit too close to the sun, followed by another gas giant
with 19 moons. Bath-IV is a terrestrial, most likely too far from the sun already, V another terrestrial, VI and VII are
gas giants again and VIII a dwarf planet followed by another terrestrial. Agincourt heads back to Sunderland.
The last financial center for now has been build on Polaris II and construction of a spaceport is started. And the 4
Vanguard missile cruisers have completed their TF-training and are returning to Polaris for an overhaul.
April: 2 Illustrious troop transports have been refitted to Mk2s and the other 2 are starting their refit. Retooling for
the new King George V Mk2 has been completed and 2 are ordered.
Another new gated jump point has been found in Sunderland and Agincourt moves to explore.
Gemma Kaur completed research into Fire Control Speed 5000 and takes over Beam Fire Control Range 40k from Bradley Shofield
who starts to look into Active Grav Sensors 28.
The Vanguard missile cruisers have completed their overhaul and 4 Resolution class AMM cruisers, 8 Spitfire FACs and 1
Spider class sensor ship are added to the taskforce. With their 240 missile tubes and 7 reloads it is hoped that they have
enough firepower to bring down the 3 60kt swarm ships with their strength 600 shields. The taskforce heads towards
Stevenage with geo and grav survey ships following in their wake.
With the Spider class moving at 10kkm/sec it arrived first in Stevenage and before recovering from the jump shock was shot
to pieces by a large number of small Swarm ships, it happened so fast that no message could be send back to Polaris. When
there was no word from the Spider after 1 hour Captain 1st class Declan Clark assumed that the Obsidian was destroyed and
called for the remaining Spider class to join up with the fleet. In addition the Ark Royals will move to the gate
with 240 Mamba missiles each to rearm the Vanguards if needed.
After a conference with High Command a old Hauler class transport is send to the gate as well. Captain Clark's plan is to
send the old Hauler through the gate without any crew and on autopilot while the Spitfires would jump in as well and start
to move away from the gate immediately, 10 minutes later the rest of the fleet will follow, with the Swarm ships guarding
the gate hopefully having been lured away.
May: When all the ships have arrived at the Stevenage gate and the Spitfires have been refueled Captain Clark orders the
Hauler to jump via remote control. Despite having no dedicated sensors the Spitfires pick up a strong sensor emission from
one of the gigantic 60kt Swarm ships at a distance of about 5mkm and sends back a message to Polaris while racing away from
the gate. When Captain Clark receives the message he orders the fleet to jump immediately since the enemy seems to be out
of position. While the fleet prepares to jump another message from the Spitfires reaches the Captain, all 3 60kt ships are
detected now due to their active sensors. 10 seconds later the fleet jumps and heads towards the Spitfires.
When Opal's sensors came back online 72 Swarm FACs are spotted at a distance of 1.5mkm and the Spitfires are ordered to
intercept. With the Swarm FACs having a speed advantage of close to 8kkm/sec over the fleet ships it seems doubtful that
all enemies can be intercepted and destroyed or disabled before they reach the fleet. At a distance of 120kkm the Spitfires
match the FACs speed and open fire. 5 hits for 2 damage each are scored, but the FACs dont even start to bleed. Captain
Clark orders the Spitfires to change their course by 90°, hoping that the FACs will keep following the Spitfires.
It works, the FACs keep following the Spitfires who keep their distance and slowly wear the FACs down, but due to
getting sloppy the FACs managed to close the range and destroy 3 Spitfires. In the meantime the Vanguards start to engange
the 60k ships with missiles. It turns out that 1 full volley of 240 strength 4 missiles is not enough to bring down one of
those ships. And their point defense is very formidable indeed, only 149 out of the next missile volley reach their target.
In the end it took 720 missiles to destroy a single large Swarm ship with Gettysburg dealing the killing blow. Hopefully
with less PD there will be enough missiles left to finish the other 2 ships.
3 volleys of 240 missiles are launched at the next giant Swarm ship, and 72 of the first and 2nd volley are shot down by
PD, but none of the 3rd and with that volley Vanguard destroyed the Swarm ship. The Vanguards head back to the Ark Royals
to rearm. And since there are 2 alien gateway-builder wrecks right at the gate/jump point in addition to our own wrecks Vultures
are called to salvage the wrecks. Charon is heading to Stevenage as well to build a gate at the 2 known but ungated jump
points there.
When the Vangards have rearmed another 3 volleys of 240 missiles are launched at the remaining large Swarm ship and it is
destroyed, Pearl Harbor dealt the killing blow. The Opal and the 5 Spitfires head deeper into the system to check the
planets for any remaining swarm ships. A small colony of Aberdeen Aliens is found on Stevenage-I and 5 mobile infantry, 5
garrison and 1 construction unit are send there together with 2 Xeno teams. No further Swarm ships have been found in
Stevenage, but with the B sun and its planets being 0.1LY away we can not be completly sure, but for the moment the system
should be save.
In the meantime Agincourt entered the Ayr system which is empty except for a single K1-class sun. Agincourt jumps back into
Sunderland on its own power since there is no gate on this side.
June: Something strange happened in Stevenage, less than after visting the wreck of the gatebuilder wreck at the Cardiff
jump point it suddenly disappeared from the sensors. Opal and the Spitfires are ordered to take a closer look,
but it seems unlikely that this 65kt ship could have been salvaged in this short amount of time.
When the Spitfires and Opal arrive at the Cardiff jump point they find 80 Swarm FACs. When the news about this reaches
Polaris the Royal Society thinks it likely that the Swarm is actually breeding in destroyed ships like some wasps on
Polaris who paralyse their prey, lay their eggs into it and when the larvae hatch they eat their prey from within. Since 80
Swarm FACs are a disaster waiting to happen if left alive the Spitfires and Opal hold their position while the Vanguards
are called back to Stevenage. But the FACs have already detected the little fleet, so there is nothing left but for Opal to
move towards the Polaris gate while the Spitfires move to engage the FACs.
For a couple of minutes there are no problems, but suddenly one of the Spitfires has a engine failure and only seconds
later is destroyed by the FACs. There are only 4 Spitfires left now. But in the end the Spitfire prevailed. After the last FAC is
destroyed the Spitfires head for the gateway-builder wreck at the Polaris gate to prevent any nasty surprises there.
A new ungated jump point has been found in Stevenage and the Akira Kurosawa is dispatched from Polaris to investigate. And
the grav survey of Peterhead is completed, there are 2 jump points in the system, one gated to Sheffield and one without a
gate that is still unexplored.
A abandoned alien colony has been found on Stevenage-II, once we have dealt with the aliens on Stevenage-I we will take a
closer look there. There is an anomaly there as well, but currently we have no idea in what kind of research it might be
helpful. Stevenage-II would be a decent world for terraforming, with a temperature of -44°, a Nitrogen/Oxygen atmosphere of
0.36 and gravity of 0.60 (col cost 2.0). And the geo survey ships have found very similar conditions on Stevenage-III as
well, a bit warmer, bit less atmosphere and less gravity,but still a candidate for terraforming in the long run. Sadly both
worlds lack significant mineral deposits. But there are still bodies left to survey.
When all troops have landed on Stevenage-I the assault on the Aberdeen aliens begins and the 2 Xeno teams are landing on
Stevenage-II, finding that the anomaly there will improve logistics research by 40%.
It turns out that the Aberdeen alien soldiers on Stevenage-I are robots, and there is a fairly large number of them. They
have rougly the same strength as our 5 mobile infantry units. Some replacement units are send from Polaris to Stevenage-I.
During the salvage of our own Spider class the theories about the Swarms use of wrecks were confirmed, Swarm larvae were
found all over the wreck feeding from it. It seems like they go after the systems first, nothing except some minerals could
be found. We should better hurry to salvage the other wrecks, before the larvae grow up into the FACs. And it looks like
the Swarm cant infest wrecks during a battle, no signs of larvae have been found on the Spitfire wrecks that were destroyed
during the recent battle. When the gateway-class was salvaged there were larvae as well, but this time we were able to
retrieve some equipment, a gauss CIWS and 3 200EP commercial Magneto-Plasma Drives. So either it was just bad luck on the
first salvage or the larvae prefer pieces of eqipment, but havent had enough time to eat all of it on the gateway-class.
-
BTW, got one question here and I think that the answer is no, but want to ask anyway:
Is there any way to see an officer (his bio/medals...) that has been killed?
IIRC the answer is no, but maybe I remember wrong.
-
July: The robots on Stevenage-I prove to be hard to dislodge from their defensive positions. Brigadier Anna Barker calls a
halt to the attack for some rest till the replacement units arrive.
The Protectorate has completed grav survey of the Bath system, there are 5 jump points there with only the one to Holy Loch
known to us.
Construction of a spaceport is started on Polaris-II Moon 6.
With Duranium reserves down to 7kt after the latest batch of Haulers have arrived with Duranium from London and close to no
stockpile of Duranium left on London Moon 30 at the moment another gigantic transport order is placed with the civilian shipping
lines. Another 200 automated mines are to be moved to London, for a total of 400 automines there. With Duranium reserves of
3.5mt and an accessability of 100% for still a very long time this will help the Duranium problem. But even with twice the current
production 6kt of Duranium each year is most likely not enough for our current level of production. More automines will be needed
and are ordered.
The Stevenage unexplored jump point leads to the Llandudno system, there is no gate on this side. There is a single G0-class sun,
roughly the same size and twice as luminous as Polaris. Kurosawa jumps back to Stevenage. A short while later a new ungated jump
point was found in Stevenage and Kurosawa moves to investigate.
The lastest unexplored jump point in Stevenage brought the Kurosawa to the Cheltenham system, there is no gate on this side.
Cheltenham is a large system with a single G2-class sun. It has 8 planets and 169 asteroids. Cheltenham I-III are terrestrial with
III most likely inside the habitable range. IV is a gas giant with 11 moons, V a dwarf and VI another terrestrial. VII is another gas
giant with 20 moons and VIII another dwarf. Due Cheltenham-III and the large number of asteroids this might be an interesting system.
Gatebuilder Styx is ordered to move to Stevenage and build a gate to Cheltenham. Kurosawa jumps back to Stevenage.
August: Connar Wallis has raised his defensive systems to an impressive 55% and Sam Harrison to 35% in logistics. While both fields are
a fairly low priority at the moment they will become more useful later.
September: Barker&Marsh shipyard finished retooling for the Spider Mk2 and 2 of them are ordered.
Oliver Fuller completed research into 20cm Laser Focal Size, and in order to replace the Spitfire losses a new 20cm 75% size laser is
designed for the replacements. Bibi-Mellor will be the manufacturer.
October: Brooke Begum completed research into Missile Agility 64 and will start to look into Two-stage Thermonuclear Warheads
next. The new Mamba II missile is designed, trading some range for a slightly higher to-hit chance.
With most of the mobile infantry at Stevenage-I back at full combat power the attack against the robotic defensive positions is resumed.
And the robot defenses are still formidable, 2 units lose 30% readiness without any real damage dealt to the robots. The next attck is a
bit better, it is believed that the robots lost 12% of their combat strength while only one of our units suffered a 12% readiness loss. This
battle shows that we will need better ground troops in the long run, a single dug in unit proves very hard to dislodge with the offensive
firepower we currently have despite them being outnumbered.
The next round of combat shows this even more, 3 of our units suffered losses without even making a dent in the robot defenses. We
cease to attack for now in order to recover from the recent fighting.
We received information about 20cm Carronade tech from some in depth observations of Protectorate warships.
Anna Heath completed research into Sorium Harvester and a Sorium Harvester is designed. And with Oliver Fuller having research
the new laser prototype and Engineering Section - Fighter being completed the Spitfire Mk2 is designed. Anna Heath start to look
into improving Shipyard Operations and Oliver Fuller takes over looking into Far Ultraviolet Laser. We still have enough engines for
8 Spitfires, but the new lasers will have to be build while the shipyard is being retooled for the Spitfire Mk2.
Sorium Harvester class Fuel Harvester 57 800 tons 246 Crew 1244.2 BP TCS 1156 TH 576 EM 0
498 km/s Armour 1-133 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 13 Max Repair 38.4 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 240 months Spare Berths 0
Fuel Harvester: 20 modules producing 480000 litres per annum
Daniels-Whitehead 192 EP Commercial MPD (3) Power 192 Fuel Use 4.96% Signature 192 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 1 000 000 Litres Range 62.8 billion km (1458 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Spitfire Mk2 class Fast Attack Craft 1 000 tons 44 Crew 387 BP TCS 20 TH 224 EM 0
11200 km/s Armour 1-8 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 4
Maint Life 0.52 Years MSP 24 AFR 80% IFR 1.1% 1YR 46 5YR 688 Max Repair 192 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 1.4 months Spare Berths 0
Dickinson Turbines 112 EP MPD 1.75 (2) Power 112 Fuel Use 272.25% Signature 112 Exp 17%
Fuel Capacity 90 000 Litres Range 6.0 billion km (6 days at full power)
Bibi-Mellor 20cm C1 Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 256 000km TS: 11200 km/s Power 10-1 RM 4 ROF 50 10 10 10 10 8 6 5 5 4 4
Fire Control S04 128-10000 (1) Max Range: 256 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 96 92 88 84 80 77 73 69 65 61
Stellarator Fusion Reactor Technology PB-1 (1) Total Power Output 1.2 Armour 0 Exp 5%
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
The spaceport on Polaris-II has been completed and due to the current Duranium shortfall and income being negative again
100 additional finance centers are ordered.
November: The Protectorate found 2 additional jump points in Rosyth.
Retooling for the Spitfire Mk2 and construction of their lasers has been completed, 8 new Spitfires are ordered. In addition construction
of the last of the 4 new Vanguards has been completed as well. And we have learned about Thermal Sensors 6 and 8 from our studies of
Protectorate ships.
December: With our troops having rested we renew the attack on the robot stronghold on Stevenage-I. Except some skill gains for
the involved officers nothing much happens for the first two weeks.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +30, Terra +5, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 832m (+16)
Factories: 1000
Mines/automines: 79/88
Labs: 62 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/13500 (+500), 2/15000 (+1000), 8/1000, 2/5000 (+1000)
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 20.2k (-0.3), Tundra 23.0k (+0.4), Hill 22.5k (+0.4)
EM: 64.4k (+0.7), Tundra 61.4k (+0.9 ), Hill 60.6k (+1.1)
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 68.5m (+7.1)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 213 (+8)
Terraformers: 13
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +30, Wealth +20, Mine +30, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 26.5m (+2.2)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 50
Terraformers: 5
Polaris Comet#4 (Thomas Dobson - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +20, Fact +10, Wealth +15, Mine +20, Terra +10, Pop +20)
Automines: 50
159k 90% Duranium, 202k 80% Corundium
Polaris Comet#5 (Jacob James - Adm 3 - Min +30)
Automines: 50
152k 70% Duranium, 220k 50% Mercassium
London III Moon 30 (Charlie Wyatt - Adm 4 - Ship +10, Fact +15, Wealth +5, Mine +20, Terra +20)
Automines: 276
3530k 100% Duranium, 1125k 90% Boronide, 2190k 100% Uridium
Minor Colonies:
Douglas III - +80% defense research - 1.4m pop, 1 factory, 3 mines, 1 mass driver, 1 research lab
Belfast IV - 0.4m pop
London III Moon 31 - 0.4m pop
Newcastle III - 0.2m pop
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 179 Installations - Digging
Middlesborough II Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Aberdeen II - TL2 - 46 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - TL2 - 49 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Stevenage II - +40% logistics research - Archaeological survey
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.0015 atm
Construction: 45%, 25% / Shipyard Operations, Mining Production 14t
Defense: 55% / Shield Regeneration 2
Energy: 35% / Far Ultraviolet Laser
Logistics: 35%, 25% / Ground Unit Strength 14, Brigade Headquarters
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Two-Stage Thermonuclear Warhead, Ordnance Production 14
Power: 55%, 30% / Tokamak Fusion Reactor, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 30% / Beam Fire Control Range 40k, Active Grav Sensor 28, Thermal Reduction 75% (DS)
Civilian Shipping (5860 up to 6215):
Godfrey Lines - 33 ships (+1 - 1950 income)
Shepherd Corp - 33 ships (+3 - 1805 income)
Payne Transport - 7 ships (670 income)
Doherty Transport - 7 ships (+1 - 380 income)
Lloyd T&T - 10 ships (+1 - 460 income)
Sharp Company - 7 ships (420 income)
Lawson Container - 4 ships (220 income)
John T&T - 3 ships (+1 - 175 income)
Clements Carrier - 2 ships (80 income)
Banks Container - 2 ships (155 income)
Income at 41.3k (+0.1) and 40.3k spend (+1.9 ). Wealth reserves are at 52.9k.
-
BTW, got one question here and I think that the answer is no, but want to ask anyway:
Is there any way to see an officer (his bio/medals...) that has been killed?
IIRC the answer is no, but maybe I remember wrong.
No there isn't. There used to be a separate 'rank' that contained all dead officers. It was removed because it resulted in a lot of clutter. Some type of hall of fame is probably a good idea though. Maybe have dead officers available for a few weeks and you can flag those you want to retain.
-
Yeah, that feature would be great, especially since there is currently no way to give a dead officer/administrator a proper post mortem unless writing out all important persons outside of the game and keeping this updated.
Even saving the data for 1 construction cycle might work, thus preventing any clutter that might accumulate otherwise in the long run.
-
And another question, is there any way to set a manually created NPR as hostile to every other race?
On a related note, is there any aggressiveness modifier due to the government type chosen (i.e. is one type more likely to yield an aggressive race)?
Essentially I want to set up a new "mini Invader" race, but have no idea how to get them to be trying to subjugate every race they encounter.
-
1975
January: 2 Spider Mk2 sensor ships have been build and 1 additional one is ordered together with a refit for Opal.
A new gated jump point was found in Sunderland and Agincourt moves to investigate.
February: The battle on Stevenage-I was ended when a Colossus class ship from the Hill Tribe appeared in orbit and wiped
out the robots with 2 volleys of 20 strength 8 nuclear missiles. Now only glass is left where their defensive positions
have been before. A large number of our units became casualties as well when the nuclear blasts obliterated the robots. 1
mobile infantry, 2 replacement units, 2 garrisons and 1 construction unit are all that remains. The remaining units board
the troop transports and head to Stevenage-II.
At Polaris there is a huge uproar when it is learned that the Hill Tribe killed our troops. There is even talk that this
was an act of war, essentially putting an end to the truce which is nominally still running for another 5 years. In the end
the cooler heads prevail, but the Hill Tribe's disregard for the safety of our troops will not be forgotten.
The "Stevenage massacre" prompted discussions about the time after the truce runs out. In the end it was decided that the
defenses of Polaris will have to be considerably improved before the truce runs out. Mainly in the form of defensive bases
able to take out enemy missiles. In addition the fleet has to be expanded even more to deal with enemy ships. In addition
more and better ground troops are needed as well as the fairly poor results against the robots have shown, so more training
facilities will have to be build. Due to this the construction of 3 new training centers is started to bring up to total to
8.
There was some discussion to use active espionage against the Hill Tribe, but caution prvailed here as well, if the teams
get caught this might lead to war and currently we are still lacking the defenses we would most likely need for a war.
The improved sensor tech learned from the Protectorate enabled some researchers from the Royal Society to come up with a
way to get more precise sensor results from far away planetary bodies. It will no longer be neccessary to orbit a planet in
order to analyse its gravity, temperature and atmosphere with specialised sensors. Now even basic sensors are able to
gather this data from essentially any place in a system. The first real test was the newly discovered Newtonabbey system
beyond the newly found gate in Sunderland. But backtesting with comparing data from earlier survey with earlier sensor logs
already showed that the new system should work.
Newtonabbey is a large binary system with 2 G1-class suns. Each sun has 1 terrestrial planet, but due to their temperature
of 900°+ neither is habitable. There is no gate on this side and Agincourt jumps back to Sunderland.
With the new way to interpret planetary sensor data old sensor logs are reexamined and checked for potentially habitable
worlds that have not been explored yet. In the end 1 planet was found that should be prefectly habitable with a temperature
of -14°, a 82% Nitrogen/18% Oxygen atmosphere of 0.99 and gravity of 0.99 - Cheltenham-III. Cheltenham can be reached from
Stevenage and Styx is actually already building a gate there and the Kurosawa is sitting at the jump point. 4 Tribals
together with the sensor ship Jade are send to Cheltenham to take a closer look.
In the meantime the Haulers completed their moving of discovered/reactivated facilities from the various archeological
sites. A total of 480 infrastructure, 1 fighter factory, 4 contruction facilities, 2 fuel refineries, 2 ordnance factories,
10 mines, 9 automines and 3 terraforming instalations were brought to Polaris and Polaris II and there are still about 45
installations left on both Aberdeens and 177 on Sheffield-III.
March: Anna Heath completed research into improved Shipyard Operations and continues to look into Shipbuilding Rate 560.
With empire-wide Duranium stockpiles at 3500t some changes were made in the administration. Jacob James is send from
Polaris Comet#5 with its dwindling Duranium reserves to London-III Moon 30 to use his superior mining skill there.
Displaced Charie Wyatt will take his place on Comet#5. 50 additional automines are to be transfered to Moon 30 as well. And
finally the current Duranium shortage will put a hold on all new shipyard expansions.
[ooc]OOC: Since most mines have been moved away from Polaris already and the NPRs are most likely to have huge problems when
trying to deal with mineral shortages I added 1 million tons of each mineral at 100% accessability to Polaris.[/ooc]
1 research lab has been recovered on Aberdeen-III and will be moved to Polaris.
Sensor ship Jade reached Cheltenham and heads for Cheltenham-III. She arrives at Cheltham-III without any incident and
waits for the Tribal to arrive which will conduct a in-depth survey of the planet.
April: The 2 new King George V Mk2 carriers are completed and training begins immediately. With the yard having been
expanded to 16kt in the meantime a new carrier design is possible now. The Mk3 brings the hangar space up to 6kt and
expands the number of magazines from 3 to 4, but some fuel tanks had to be removed to make room for the new equipment. A
range of close to 36bnkm without refueling is still decent, but dedicated tankers just got a higher priority.
King George V Mk3 class Carrier 16 000 tons 233 Crew 1970 BP TCS 320 TH 1280 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 1-56 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 7 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.05 Years MSP 577 AFR 273% IFR 3.8% 1YR 183 5YR 2741 Max Repair 80 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 110
Hangar Deck Capacity 6000 tons Magazine 720
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (8) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 2 000 000 Litres Range 35.7 billion km (103 days at full power)
Mamba II (360) Speed: 20 000 km/s End: 86.7m Range: 104m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 86/52/26
Strike Group
1x Crow Fighter-Scout Speed: 11200 km/s Size: 10
1x Raven Fighter-Scout Speed: 11200 km/s Size: 10
8x Thunderbolt Fighter-bomber Speed: 11200 km/s Size: 10
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
In addition to its standard loadout of fighters there will be 1 Spitfire on each carrier.
On April, 6th sensors at Aberdeen-III pick up readings of an unknown ships class and further analysis shows that the
readings match none of the currently known alien races. The ship has a fairly small thermal signature of just 28, which
explains how it was able to get within 10mkm of the planet without being detected despite 2 automated tracking stations
having been recovered from the ruins. The new ship class is called Arcana Imperii by the computer. We are trying to
establish communications. With the ship moving towards Aberdeen-III with a speed of just 756km/sec it is considered neutral
for the moment. When the Arcana Imperii enters Aberdeen-III's orbit and stays there for a couple of days it seems fairly
obvious that this is a survey ship.
The Arcana's low speed makes it very likely that the aliens are less advanced than the other races encountered so far, but
the more pressing question is where have they come from. Somewhere beyond either Chester or Sunderland seems most likely
since the other systems with jump points to Aberdeen have been explored up to a distance of 2 or more jumps. After the grav
survey of Sunderland is completed we will have to take a closer look at Chester.
Charon has completed the construction of the Stevenage/Cardiff gate and moves to build a gate at the jump point to
Plymouth. We encountered some Robot ships there earlier, but unless they surprise us with any currently unknown designs or
larger number than previously seen we are fairly confident that we can deal with them.
May: Communications have been established with the new alien race, they identify themself as the Unukalhai Commonwealth. In
addition retooling for the Vulture Mk2 salvagers have been completed and refitting old ships is started.
Retooling for the Sorium Harvesters is completed at Simmons Enterprises and 3 are ordered. Since we have not been able to
pre-build enough harvesting modules in time the first will be completed by October 75 while the 3rd will take till May 76.
The Protectorate found a new jump point in the Rosyth system.
Grav survey of Sunderland is completed, a total of 5 jump points have been found, all of the with alien gates. Airedale and
Agincourt head to Polaris for refuel and an overhaul.
Matthew Short has completed research into Terraforming Rate 0.0015 which will help with the 20 terraformers in Polaris.
Short starts to look into further improving terraforming up to 0.002.
June: Anna Heath has completed research into Shipbuilding Rate 560 and starts to look into Fighter Production Rate 12 since
the defensive platforms High Command currently has in mind will be largely fighter sized.
The ruins on Stevenage-II have finally been surveyed and it turns out they are a huge find, 597 installations of a race
that called itself the Tinawyn Consciousness have been recovered. The aliens had a tech level similar to superior of our
own from what been seen (TL5). Excavation is started and additional construction units will be build and shipped to
Stevenage-II.
Styx completed the Cheltenham gate and enters Cheltenham to build a gate there as well. Cheltenham-III turned out to have
no accessible metals and most asteroids only have accessible minerals below 10kt, but the survey of the system is still
ongoing.
Retooling for the King George V Mk3 has been completed at Odonnel&Co. and the 2 fully trained King Georges are refit for
about 56% of the cost of a new ship.
Due to intensive study of Protectorate reactor technology during repairs on Polaris we learned about Tokamak Fusion Reactor
technology which would have taken another year otherwise. Eleanor Singh starts to look into how this new knowledge could be
used for new engine technology and starts working on the Internal Confinement Fusion Drive. It has been hinted by some
Protectorate officials that there are currently discussions on their homeworld to provide us with with all their research
information which might provide huge benefits for our current research programms.
15 additional automines are contracted to be shipped from Polaris to London-III Moon 30.
[ooc]OOC: I created a new NPR for adding a bit of a challenge since the races I have met till now are way too peacefull, the
Roman Empire. They are a Human Meritocracy with a population of 1750, 150% Wealth and 120% Industrial, 8 shipyards and 108
research facilities and are starting with 1.2 million tech points.
Their home planet has 1mt of each mineral at 100%. And most importantly their base species characteristics are at 100 Xeno,
0 Diplo/Translation, 100 Militancy/Expansionism/Determination and 0 Trading. Hopefully all of this together will enable
them to wreck some havoc in their vincinity and provide a high callenge when my brave bears finally meet those guys.
Sadly the AI refused to pick decent engine tech, so I try to get them to research salvaging and have already placed a
number of wrecks in their system which will hopefully bring them up to speed a bit once they get salvaging.[/ooc]
July: 8 new Spitfires have been build and begin training.
The Commercial Spaceport was completed at Polaris-II Moon 6 and with income still a problem 50 additional financial centers
are ordered.
August: Relations with the Protectorate reached a new level, from now on they will share their research data with us.
Protectorate completed grav survey of Rosyth, there are 4 jump points, 1 leading to Plymouth and 3 unexplored.
6300t of Duranium were recovered from ruins on Aberdeen-II. With stockpiles on Polaris down to 625t and London Moon 30 at
867t this might be enough to produce enough automines to prevent having any unused production capacity. But first the
Duranium has to be brought to Polaris and even those 6300t will not be enough to restart shipyard expansion.
September: Grav survey of Stevenage has been completed, overall there are 5 jump points, 3 of them gated by us with a 4th
gate under construction, Afghan heads to Polaris for refuel and an overhaul.
A new gated jump point has been found in Chester.
The first Sorium Harvester became operational and is send to Polaris-VI which has 592kt of Sorium at 100% accessability.
November: Beam Fire Control Range 40km research has been completed by Gemma Kaur and a prototype for a new fighter-class PD
beam fire control has been completed. The new fire control would be able to track incoming missiles up to a speed of
40kkm/sec, even though our turret tracking speed is not good enough to make full use of it. A new turret for a single gauss
gun is prototyped next by Alexandra Moran to be put on a small weapons platform around Polaris. Gamma Kaur continues to
look into EM Sensor Sensitivity 14.
Another 30 automines are send from Polaris to London Moon 30 and will keep getting send till no mines are left on Polaris.
The next Sorium Harvester is completed and send to Polaris VI while another is being ordered.
Survey of the Cheltenham system has been completed and there are some nice mineral deposits here, sadly some of it
scattered among variuos comets and asteroids, major deposits:
Duranium 17.5mt 100% Cheltenham II
Neutronium 36.4mt 90% Cheltenham VI
Corbomite 9.8mt 80% Cheltenham VI
Vendarite 19.7mt 100% Cheltenham II
Sorium 13.9mt 90% Cheltenham II
December: Charon completed the Stevenage/Plymouth gate and heads to Plymouth to build the gate there. There were some robot
ships sighted here earlier, for now we just have to hope that Charon will not be detected by them.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +30, Terra +5, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 847m (+15)
Factories: 1006
Mines/automines: 6/29
Labs: 65 (+3)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/14000 (+500), 2/16000 (+1000), 8/1000, 2/6000 (+1000)
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 20.1k (-0.1), Tundra 25.1k, Hill 24.5k
EM: 65.0k (+0.6), Tundra 68.5k, Hill 69.6k
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 75.7m (+7.2)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 232 (+19)
Terraformers: 19
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +30, Wealth +20, Mine +30, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 27.9m (+1.4)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 52 (+2)
Terraformers: 5
Minor Colonies:
Polaris Comet#4 - 50 automines, 157k Duranium 90%
Polaris Comet#5 - 50 automines, 151k Duramium 70%
Douglas III - +80% defense research - 2.1m pop, 1 factory, 3 mines, 1 mass driver, 1 research lab
Belfast IV - 0.4m pop
London III Moon 30 - 473 automines, 3523k Duranium 100%
London III Moon 31 - 0.5m pop
Newcastle III - 0.3m pop
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 167 Installations - Digging
Middlesborough II Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Aberdeen II - TL2 - 40 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - TL2 - 42 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Stevenage II - TL5 - 596 Installations - +40% logistics research - Digging
Mineral shortages:
Duranium, 6k stockpile and dropping
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.002 atm
Construction: 45%, 30% / Fighter Production 12, Mining Production 14t
Defense: 55% / Shield Regeneration 2
Energy: 35%, 25% / Far Ultraviolet Laser, gauss cannon turret prototype
Logistics: 35%, 25% / Ground Unit Strength 14, Brigade Headquarters
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Two-Stage Thermonuclear Warhead, Ordnance Production 14
Power: 55%, 30% / Internal Confinement Fusion Drive, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 30% / EM Sensor 14, Active Grav Sensor 28, Thermal Reduction 75% (DS)
Civilian Shipping (6215 down to 4560 - most likely due to all the automines):
Godfrey Lines - 33 ships (1310 income)
Shepherd Corp - 34 ships (+1 - 1140 income)
Payne Transport - 8 ships (+1 - 510 income)
Doherty Transport - 8 ships (+1 - 370 income)
Lloyd T&T - 11 ships (+1 - 470 income)
Sharp Company - 8 ships (+1 - 340 income)
Lawson Container - 4 ships (160 income)
John T&T - 3 ships (110 income)
Clements Carrier - 3 ships (+1 - 20 income)
Banks Container - 2 ships (130 income)
Income at 44.3k (+3.0) and 45.2k spend (+4.9 ). Wealth reserves are at 52.0k.
-
1976
January: Connor Wallis has completed research into Shield Regen Rate 2. With other fields being a more pressing concern at
the moment he gets 1 lab again to take a look into Laminate Composite Armor.
Declan Clark is promoted to Commodore, together with Kai Daniels who is leading Naval HQ he is only the second person to
reach this rank. Commodore Clark has spend most of his time commanding Resolution class Gauss-AM ships and due to this has
some combat experience. Currently he is commanding the training operations around Polaris and due to his very good training
skills and combat experience will most likely remain in this position.
Crawford commercial shipyards are being retooled for the Agincourt Mk2. It has twice the speed, but holds 30% less fuel
than the old Agincourt. The needed engines should have been pre-build when the retooling is done.
Agincourt Mk2 class Jump Ship 3 000 tons 52 Crew 205.4 BP TCS 60 TH 192 EM 0
3200 km/s JR 3-50 Armour 1-18 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 43 Max Repair 38.4 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 0
Gibson Engineering J3000(3-50) Military Jump Drive Max Ship Size 3000 tons Distance 50k km Squadron Size 3
Daniels-Whitehead 192 EP Commercial MPD (1) Power 192 Fuel Use 4.96% Signature 192 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 435 000 Litres Range 526.2 billion km (1903 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Converting mines to automines has been completed on Polaris, now new automines will have to be build, and those use 120
Duranium each, it will be interesting what will be reached first, a kind of equilibrium or the end of the Duranium
stockpiles.
The new gauss turret prototype has been completed and a small gauss weapons platform is designed, the Skunk.
Skunk class Gauss Platform 490 tons 7 Crew 75 BP TCS 9.8 TH 0 EM 0
1 km/s Armour 2-5 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 8.4
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 98% IFR 1.4% 1YR 40 5YR 597 Max Repair 48 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.36 months Spare Berths 0
Single Doyle Systems Gauss Cannon R2-100 Turret (1x3) Range 20 000km TS: 20000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 2 ROF 5
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Norton Limited Fire Control S00.2 10-10000 (FTR) (1) Max Range: 20 000 km TS: 40000 km/s 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
The freed up labs are assigned to the Ground Unit Strength 14 project.
February: Styx has completed the Cheltenham/Stevenage gate and head to Stevenage to build a gate at the Llandudno jump
point.
10 strength 5 energy impacts were detected by Charon in Plymouth right at the Rosyth jump point and the wreck of a
Protectorate Gatebuilder is detected, it seems like the Robots are fairly close to the center of the system which should
put Charon at about 3.5bkm away from them and thus most likely at a safe distance.
March: The Protectorate gave us information about Research Rate 280 which is a very nice boost to our research, in addition
Anna Heath has completed research into Fighter Production Rate 12 and continues with 14.
The first 150k colonists arrived on Cheltenham-III, due to the long travel time involved to get there (10bkm from Polaris
in total) it will take some time before the colony is able to grow. But since our civilian companies have lots of largely
idle colony ships we hope that they will help with moving new colonists which would boost their profits as well.
Grav survey of Chester has been completed, there are a total of 3 jump points there, 2 gated, with one of them unexplored
and another ungated/unexplored one. Once the Agincourts complete their refit we will take a look at those unexplored ones.
April: A Robot vault was distrubed on Sheffield-III and 2 Robot Assault Battalions stromed out, but with 2 mobile and 4
garrison units on planet they are repelled, but it will take some time to take them down. Sam Harrison having completed
Ground Unit Strength 14 should help. He starts to look into Assault Infantry Battalion.
May: Despite the Duranium crisis it was decided to refit the 4 old and slow Ark Royals to an updated Vanguard class. The
Vanguard Mk2 gets rid of its sensors and adds in another magazine and some fuel instead.
Vanguard Mk2 class Missile Cruiser 12 000 tons 252 Crew 1660 BP TCS 240 TH 960 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 1-46 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 5 PPV 60
Maint Life 2.24 Years MSP 432 AFR 230% IFR 3.2% 1YR 116 5YR 1739 Max Repair 80 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Magazine 1200
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (6) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 1 435 000 Litres Range 34.2 billion km (98 days at full power)
Palmer-Waters Size 2 Missile Launcher (50% Reduction) (60) Missile Size 2 Rate of Fire 100
Walters-Brookes MFC 42-R18 (1) Range 42.8m km Resolution 18
Parsons-Reid Missile Fire Control FC131-R170 (2) Range 131.4m km Resolution 170
Mamba I (510) Speed: 20 000 km/s End: 93.9m Range: 112.7m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 80/48/24
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Agincourt is the first jump ship to have completed refit, she heads towards the 2 unexplored jump points in Chester,
expecially the gated one that might be the way to the Commonwealth homeworld.
June: Aardvark is the next jump ship to complete its refit and hedas towards the unexplored jump points of the Aberystwyth
system.
With most of the fleet having completed training High Command feels that it is time to revist the Kilmarnock system where a
couple of Robot ships have been spotted some years ago and check if they are still in system. What is known of the Robots
leads High Command to believe that they are basically mobile automated defenses left by a alien race to defend their bases,
but all the bases that have been found yet have been ruins. So most likely the Robot masters have been dead for quite some
time. Thus it seems likely that the Robot ships are still in system, guarding whatever they were set to guard. 4 Resolution
class Gauss AM-ships, 4 Vanguard Missile Cruisers and 2 Spider class sensor ships will form 1st Strike Fleet and move to
Kilmarnock with the rest of the navy staying at Polaris for now. 3 Vulture Salvagers will follow them, even if there no
longer are any Robot ships there should be at least 3 wrecks in system. 2 Tribal geo scouts will follow as well, in case
the Robots are really guarding another ruin.
3 old Hauler freighters, 2 old Tribal geo survey ships and 1 old Cryo colony ship are scraped for some Duranium.
In the single recovery research lab on Douglas-III has completed research into Termal Reduction to 75% and continues with
50%.
-
July: Connor Wallis is the 2nd scientist to reach a 65% bounus for research, he is still the only specialist in the field
of defensive research, but at least he is very good. And with his age of just 47 and excellent health he should still be
around for some time.
Agincourt enters the unexplored gate and Chester and arrives at another gate in the already known Nottingham system. There
are 15 wrecks in system and as many lifepods. The pattern looks like a running battle since the wrecks are all in a
straight line. Since potential hostile are most likely still in the system Agincourt heads back to Chester to explore the
other unknown jump point. The remaining unknown gate in Nottingham will be explored only after some sensor ships have taken
a closer look at the system.
The 2nd jump point in Chester leads to Rosyth, there is no gate on this side, but since Rosyth has 2 gated unexplored jump
points Agincourt takes a look at them. In addition there are 4 Protectorate geo survey ships busy in Rosyth.
1st Strike Fleet has reached Kilmarnoch and moves towards the wrecks, hoeping to find the Robots before the Tribals arrive
in system.
August: 1st Strike Fleet makes contact with the Robots at the 2nd of August, 3 9560t Themistocles class ships were detected
at our max active sensor range of 150mkm. We dont know the Themistocles capabilities, but currently they are moving at
4476km/sec, faster than our fleet at 3000km/sec. We have to get into 131mkm to have any chance for a missile lock on them
and 104mkm to be in range for the Mamba II missile. 2 hours after initial contact with 91mkm from the Robots the 4
Vanguards open with with their 60 small missile tubes, for the first flight of missiles each Themistocles is assigned 60
missiles with 001 being assigned 120.
Due to the Robots' strong ECM we are unable to lock onto them from the current range and will have to close to below 79mkm.
30 minutes later the Robots are in range and the Vanguards open fire. It will take 100 seconds to reload the missile tubes,
but Captain Evie Green wants to have information about the first missile flights effect before fireing additional missiles,
currently there are only about 1000 Mamba IIs left on Polaris. The Mamba IIs time to target is about 50 minutes and our
to-hit-chance is at 69%.
No PD fire has been detected for the first flight of missiles and 179 out of 240 hit their targets, sensor show that the
Robots have at least 2 layers of armor. One small secondary power explosion has been detected, making it likely that 3 full
flights of 60 missiles should be enough to destroy one of the Robot ships. In the next volley 001 is assigned 60 missiles,
002 120 and 003 the remaining 60. The Robots have slowed down to about 3kkm/sec.
When the missiles reach their targets all 3 Robot ships are destroyed. Masada, Matapan and Pearl Harbour were responsible
for the killing blows. Since no enemy missiles were detected the Themistocles seems to be a short or medium range class.
With the number of secondary power system explosions detected beam weapons seem most likely. 1st Strike fleet continues
towards the wrecks around the planets.
Being awarded the newly found Robot Combat Ribbon makes Captain Evie Green the most highly decorated officer in the still
young navy. She has already participated in the campaign against the Swarm in Stevenage and has destroyed 89800t of enemy
ships so far. And with just 30 years of age we expect to still see much more from this lady. With her very high training
skill (200) a tour at training school seems very likely. High Command is a firm believer in instructors having combat
experience, so switching between teaching and active duty is very common.
The jump point Aardvark explored in Aberystwyth shows another way to Norwich, there is no gate on the Norwich side.
Aardvark returns to Aberystwyth to explore the other unknown gate.
The 2 new King George Vs and their Spitfires, Ravens and Crows have completed task force training and head back to Polaris
for some rest. In addition the King Georges will be refitted from Mk2 to Mk3s. With the Resolution class Gauss AM ships
showing their age with their speed of 3000 km/sec while fleet standard is 4000 a replacement will be needed soon. The
fire/turret controls used in the Skunk Gauss Platforms will be incorporated into the new design as well, but first the new
components will have to be prototyped.
Upon reaching the wrecks and planets in Kilmarnock 1st Strike Fleet find no evidence of additional Robot ships, but will
stay in system till the 3 salvagers arrive. The one unexplored jump point does cause some concern and the fleet will move
there to take a closer look. The Lancaster gate should be secure and no other jump points have been found.
The gate in Rosyth leads Agincourt into the Nottingham system which seems to be a major hub, 6 jump points have been found
so far, 5 with gates and there is a Protectorate gatebuilder sitting at the 6th jump point. The 15 wrecks are still in
system. And the unknown gate seen here earlier was the jump point to Rosyth. Agincourt heads back to explore the other
unexplored gate in Rosyth.
Charon has completed the Plymouth/Stevenage gate without having been molested from the aliens, once 1st Strike Fleet gets
back and had some rest Plymouth will be the next target for clean up. Charon returns to Polaris for some rest and her
commander, Lt.Cmdr. Samantha Gould is awarded the Service Cross building a gate in a hostile system and for continued
excellent service during the last 10 years, starting with the Salvage Fleet and now being in command of Charon for the last
2 years.
A small Robot military base was found during the geo survey of Kilmarnock-IV Moon 1, 5 mobile infantry are send there to
deal with them.
The other Rosyth gate brought Agincourt to Southampton. Most of the jump points explored during the last years lead to
already known systems. Due to this the Royal Society takes a closer look at the currently known universe. Agincourt will
head for the unexplored Kilmarnock jump point. And suspected most unknown jump points lead to known system now, Aardvark
arrives inEdinburgh. There is no gate on this side. She heads towards Canterbury to explore the 2 unknown gated jump points
there.
The Protectorate gave us Shipyard Operations 10% and Kian John has completed research into Mining Production 14 which
should get Duranium supply levels futher into positive numbers. Current stockpiles are at 7k. The freed up lab will be used
to look into a beam fire PD prototype with a tracking speed of up to 20k.
September: Brooke Begum completed research into Two-Stage Thermonulear Warheads and new missiles are designed. The Mamba
III at 23.8kkm/sec is 3.8kkm/sec faster than the II and with 137mkm has 33mkm more range. With some soon to be updated
gauss AM turrets there will be no replacement for the Viper II AMM. Mr. Begum starts to look into Gauss Cannon Rate of Fire
4 with 5 labs while the other 5 are added to armor research, hopefully being ready when the Resolutions are due to be
upgraded.
Rebecca Porter has managed to increase her mining skill to a bonus output of 40% during her work on Polaris VI Moon 6,
earning her a Commendation for her hard extra work, since there are no minerals and mines at Moon 6. The Royal Council is
tempted to send her to London to use her superior mining skills there, but she has the best skill for population growth as
well and we need every worker we can get, especially now that the worst of the Duranium crisis seems to be over. In the end
it was decided that she will stay in Polaris for now, but she has left a very good impression with the Council. With her
young age of just 30 years and broad skills (Shipbuilding 35%, Wealth Creation 20%, Mining 40%, Terraforming 15%,
Population Growth 30% and Political Reliability of 10%) she has a bright future ahead of her. The only thing she currently
lacks are better administrative abilities (A3).
While taking a closer look at Mrs. Porter the Council noticed that there are a lot of administrators who are essentially
doing nothing and have not even tried to improve their knowledge since they left the academy. Close to 20 sub-standard
administrators were released from service.
As a stop-gap meassure for lacking a tanker/collier the small Seal class is designed, able to carry 270 Mamba ASMs and
about 1 million liters of fuel. It is 30% slower than current fleet standards, but with the Resolutions having a sub-
standard speed of 3000km/sec as well, this will be no problem at the moment. Once we have enough Duranium to restart
working on more/larger shipyards an upgrade will be needed.
Seal class Support Vessel 6 000 tons 54 Crew 451.8 BP TCS 120 TH 384 EM 0
3200 km/s Armour 1-29 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.15 Years MSP 94 AFR 144% IFR 2% 1YR 27 5YR 408 Max Repair 38.4 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 26 months Spare Berths 0
Magazine 540
Daniels-Whitehead 192 EP Commercial MPD (2) Power 192 Fuel Use 4.96% Signature 192 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 1 045 000 Litres Range 632.1 billion km (2286 days at full power)
Mamba III (270) Speed: 23 800 km/s End: 96.2m Range: 137.3m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 103/61/30
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
The Protectorate gave us informations about Engine Power Modifier x 2.5, but we keep looking into 2.0 which we are still
missing.
Aardvark discovers another route to Chorley from Canterbury. She head back to Canterbury to examine the other gated jump
point.
The ungated jump point in Kilmarnock brought Agincourt to the Swansea system, another known system without a gate on this
side. She jumps back and heads towards Exceter to take a look at the 3 unknown jump points there.
The Vultures have finally arrived in Kilmarnock, each is given 1 Robot Themistocles and 1 Protectorate Darwin geo survey
class to salvage. With the Vultures being in system now and both jumps points deemed secure 1st Strike Fleet heads back to
Polaris for rest and resupply.
-
October: The Illustrious arrived at the Kilmarnock moon containing the Robot outpost and starts to unload its 5 mobile
infantry.
The jump point in Canterbury brought Aardvark to Newport, another known system. There is no gate on this side. Aardvark
move to Peterhead, to take a look at the unexplored jump point there.
After having been unloaded Brigadier Tom Summers order his troops to assault the Robot positions on the Kilmarnock moon.
The initial scans indicated a single unit, but only attacking them will show the type of unit they are facing and their
numbers. When the first units reach the Robot structure they find it empty, it turns out to be a automated detection
station without any defenders. The units board the Illustrious and head back to Polaris.
Styx has completed the Stevenage/Llandudno gate and moves to the other side to build a gate there as well.
Information about 25cm Railguns, 1 ECCM-4, 3 Stellerator Reactors and 1 Thermal Sensor 14 were found in the wreck of the
first Themistocles, confirming the suspicion that it was a beam warship. The other 2 wrecks gave another 2 Fire Controls
160-5000, 6 Reactors, 1 ECCM-4, 1 96 EP Magneto-Plasma Drive, 1 TH 14 sensor and 2 25cm Railguns.
Finally a new system, one of the jump points in Bath lead the Kurosawa to Dumbarton, a trinary system with sun A similar to
Polaris' B at around 50% and C a dwarf of just 1%. 4 planets orbit sun A, with Dumbarton-III being a terrestrial world with
a temperature of 34°, gravity of 0.56 and a 0.32 density 79% Nitrogen, 17% Ammonia, 4% Methan atmosphere. A fairly good
terraforming candidate. The other suns have no planets. Kurosawa jumps back to Bath and explores the next jump point.
Nothing of interest has been found on the Darwins, except for confirmation that they were geo survey vessels.
November: The next jump point from Bath lead to another new system, Penzance, there is no gate on either side. The system
is another trinary with sun A and B about 75% the size of Polaris' sun while C is a dwarf. Except for the temperature of
-130° due to its fairly large distance from the sun Penzance-IV would be a good terraforming candidate with a gravity of
0.69 and a 0.48 atmosphere of 22% Oxygen and 78% Nitrogen. Sun B only has a single planet, a decent prospect for
terraforming as well with a gravity of 0.50, since it is very close to the sun it is a bit too hot at 60° and it lacks any
atmosphere. Sun C has no planets, but with additional 3 terrestrials, 1 gas giant, 1 dwarf planet, 35 moons and 132
asteroids there might be enough minerals to build a colony here. Kurosawa heads back to Bath to explore the final unknown
jump point.
The first batch of 16 Skunk Gauss Platforms have been completed and are currently undergoing training, for the moment a 2nd
batch of Thunderbolt fighter-bombers will be build to arm a 2nd carrier.
The unknown gate in Exeter brought Agincourt to the Dartmoth system, the jump point has no gate on this side and she jumps
back to take a look at the next unknown gate. The next jump point lead to Cardiff (no gate) and Agincourt jumps back to
examine the last unexlpored gate in Exeter. In the meantime Aardvark exited at a jump gate in York from Peterhead, with no
unexplored jump points left at the moment she returns to Polaris for now. The final gate in Exeter brought Agincourt to a
new nebula system, Tunbridge Wells, and interestingly there is a gate on this side as well.
Tunbridge Wells is a level 3 nebula and has 4 planets, 3 terrestrial and 1 dwarf. The 2nd and 3rd planet are decent
terrafroming candidates with II having a temperature of 43°, a gravity of 1.24 and a 1.53 atmosphere of 77% Nitrogen, 20%
Ammonia and 4% Methan. A nice planets if not for the dangerous gases. III has a temperature of -82°, 0.50 gravity and a
0.25 atmosphere of 82% Nitrogen, 18% Oxygen, with some additional Oxygen and some greenhouse gases another nice planet. So
far there has been no need for armor in combat ships and the Mountain Tribe is a firm believer in ranged combat, but with 3
nebulas found so far at least some armored survey ships will be needed in the future. Agincourt returns to Polaris for now.
December: Kurosawa enters the Dover system, another new system, this one a gigantic binary with both suns being fairly
equal to Polaris. Sun A has 4 planets, with the 3rd planet a potential terraforming site with a temperature of 31°, 1.31
gravity and a 1.70 atmosphere consisting of 78% Nitrogen and 22% Caron Dioxide, with a bit lower temperature and some
Oxygen added it would be habitable. Sun B has 10 planets and is a quarter lightyear away from Sun A. There is a potentially
habitable dwarf planet, but without any Lagrange-Points in the system and the huge distances involved reaching sun B is
mostly academic in nature. With all currently known jump points investigated Kurosawa starts its voyage back to Polaris.
Meanwhile the Royal Society is still puzzling over how to incorporate the newest data into a small comprehensible but still
compact 2D-map of the known galaxy. Due to the large number of jump connections so far they have failed, but keep trying.
They are confident that by the end of the year they will have a map.
Grav survey of Cheltenham has been completed and no additional jump points have been found. While we know that this does
not guarantee that there might not be some hidden jump points for now it looks very secure. But due to the long distances
involved no civilian colony ship has been willing to move there and with just 3 50k colony ships getting people to
Cheltenham is slow. But the the moment nothing can be done about it, except setting Polaris as a source of colonists again
for some time.
After the overhaul has been completed 1st Strike Fleet heads off to Plymouth to deal with the Robot forces there.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +30, Terra +5, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 864m (+17)
Factories: 1006
Labs: 67 (+2)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/14000, 2/16000, 8/1000, 2/6000
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 20.0k (-0.1), Tundra 25.1k, Hill 24.5k
EM: 66.0k (+1.0), Tundra 68.5k, Hill 69.6k
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 80.3m (+4.6)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 256 (+24)
Terraformers: 22
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +35, Wealth +20, Mine +40, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 30.3m (+2.4)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 59 (+7)
Terraformers: 7
Minor Colonies:
Polaris Comet#4 - 50 automines, 90% Duranium
Polaris Comet#5 - 50 automines, 70% Duranium
Douglas III - +80% defense research - 2.3m pop, 1 factory, 3 mines, 1 mass driver, 1 research lab
Belfast IV - 0.5m pop
London III Moon 30 - 569 automines, 100& Duranium
London III Moon 31 - 0.5m pop
Newcastle III - 0.3m pop
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 155 Installations - Digging
Middlesborough II Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Aberdeen II - TL2 - 37 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - TL2 - 36 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Stevenage II - TL5 - 591 Installations - +40% logistics research - Digging
Mineral shortages:
Duranium, 6.5k stockpile - stable
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.002 atm
Construction: 45% / Fighter Production 14
Defense: 65% / Laminate Composite Armor
Energy: 35% / Far Ultraviolet Laser
Logistics: 40%, 25% / Assault Battalion, Brigade Headquarters
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Gauss Cannon Rate of Fire 4, Ordnance Production 14
Power: 55%, 30% / Internal Confinement Fusion Drive, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 30%, 25% / EM Sensor 14, Active Grav Sensor 28, Thermal Reduction 75% (DS), Beam FC prototype
Civilian Shipping (4560 up to 7160 - less automines, more colonists):
Godfrey Lines - 34 ships (+1 - 2350 income)
Shepherd Corp - 35 ships (+1 - 1890 income)
Payne Transport - 10 ships (+2 - 720 income)
Doherty Transport - 9 ships (+1 - 550 income)
Lloyd T&T - 12 ships (+1 - 580 income)
Sharp Company - 8 ships (440 income)
Lawson Container - 4 ships (240 income)
John T&T - 3 ships (130 income)
Clements Carrier - 3 ships (190 income)
Banks Container - 2 ships (90 income)
Income at 62.4 and 53.2. Wealth reserves are at 69k.
Forum acting up again, seems to have taken some offense at "0.25ly"
-
Overall 58 systems are known at the moment with 39 having been surveyed. The Royal Society identified London as the major
hub system with 9 jump points, followed by Lancaster with 7. Nobody is real happy with the way the map looks, but the galaxy is not a very tidy place by the look of it...
Swarm: Oxford, Notthingham
Robots: Plymouth, York, Ipswich
Church: Preston, Middlesborough
Protectorate: Cambridge
Potential Colonies (cost <2): Chester, Dundalk, Birmingham, Bristol
(http://www.imgbox.de/users/public/images/ZGao8l4XHl.jpg)
-
Had to load a September 1976 save here due to a bug, so there might be some inconsistencies. E.g. I just reentered a System that was a nebula before which is now a normal system. And with the fairly high number of unknown systems explored towards the end of the year those changes will continue, but other than that I see nothing that is likely to change from the initial writeup.
So I will only start writing again at the start of 1977.
-
1977
January: 1st Strike Fleet has arrived in Plymouth and heads toward the gatebuilder wreck in the center of the system.
1,5bkm into the system the sensors pick up 2 contacts of Robotic design. The computer calls them the Aphrodite and Leonidas
class, both have never been encountered before. Leonidas is a 19300t design while Aphrodite has 9650t. Currently the ships
are heading towards us at a speed of 4475km/sec. A short time later Leonidas reverses its course and is moving away at a
heading of 298°, Aphrodite is still heading our way. The 8 Thunderbolts and the Crow/Raven sensor ships aboard King George
V would have no problem following the Leonidas, but it seems doubtfull that 80 Mamba IIs will be enough to bring down the
19.3kt ship.
With the Aphordite entering the range of the Mamba II missile another Robot ship is detected, a 19300t Rommel class,
suspected to be a missile ship. 20 minutes later a flight of 9 size 4 missiles is detected at a speed of 23kkm/sec. The
incoming missiles should be no real problem for the 48 gauss guns mounted on the 12 turrets even if their tracking system
and fire controls are no longer state of the art. With close to 150 shells fired every 5 seconds and a to-hit chance of 31%
a missile-hit seems unlikely. But still, there is a chance for getting unlucky. Due to this Captain Brooke Brennan, senior
officer in system and commander of the King George V makes a note to speak with High Command about adding some armor to all
ships, to be prepared for bad luck or a overwhelming number of missiles. Currently 1 hit might be enough to destroy a ship.
As expected the first wave of missiles is dealt with easily, right after this the Aphrodite changes its course and Captain
Brennan orders the Thuderbolts and the fighter-scouts to launch and try to intercept it. 80 missiles might be enough to at
least slow the 9650t ship down. A new flight of missiles appears every 20-25 seconds, indicating launch technology one step
above ours. After some time Aphrodite starts to match course and speed to 1st Strike Fleet.
Wave 23 seems to be the last of the enemy missiles since it has only 6 missiles instead of the usual 9. 23 minutes later
another wave of missiles is detected, size 4 again, but 4 in each volley this time, most likely from the Rommel. With the
final volley only consisting of 1 missile 1st Strike Fleet has weathered this storm as well. Aphrodite starts to move away
now at a speed of 4475km/sec, but still their direction is nearly unchanged with a heading of 260°.
1 hour later all crews check their targeting computers, but the Thunderbolts need to close within 25.6mkm and the Vanguards
to 78.8mkm before they are able to open fire due to strong enemy ECM. Currently they are still 36mkm and 98mkm away from
the Robot ships. 10 minutes later the Vanguards are in range for their attack and open fire at the Rommel with a full
broadside of 240 missiles. The Thunderbolts are still 32mkm away from the Aphrodite. 15 minutes later their are in range as
well and launch their 80 missiles.
The Thunderbolts missiles have a chance to hit the Aphrodite of about 65%, in the end Aphrodite is rocked by 44 strength 4
explosions, and she slows down to 3480km/sec, but whether this is due to damage or has been done deliberately is hard to
say. The Thunderbolts and the Crow head back towards the King George while the longer ranged Raven will continue to track
the Aphrodite.
The hit chances against the Rommel are close to 70% and when the missiles reach her she breaks up after having taken 113
hits, 10 missiles were destroyed by PD fire and another 60 self destructed after having lost their target. Pearl Harbour
dealt the killing blow bringing Captain Evie Green's destroyed tonnage to above 100kt.
Reloading the Thunderbolts takes 17 minutes and after refueling and rearming they immediatly head towards the Aphrodite
again. Despite the Aphrodite still moving at just 3480km/sec the Thunderbolts fire another 80 missiles at the fleeing ship.
33 missiles hit her and she explodes with Thunderbolt 5 dealing the killing blow, marking the first kill for Lt.Cmdr.
Daniel Clark. A secondary power system explosion making it likely that at least some beam weapons were aboard and with no
PD fire detected most likely offensive ones. The fighters return to King George. For now the fleet will continue towards
the gatebuilder wreck, at least 1 Robot ship is still around.
When having closed to about 210mkm to the wreck 1st Strike Fleet detects incoming missiles, 9 size 4 missiles again at a
speed of 23kkm/sec heading towards the fleet at 41°. Crow and Raven are launched from the King George to investigate since
nothing can be seen on the sensors at the moment. The fleet moves towards Plymouth IV since it is the planet closest to
where the missiles might have come from. After 9 hours the fighter-scouts detect the elusive Leonidas and the Thunderbolts
are launched, hopefully being able to engage and slow down the Robot ship before it can rearm. As expected the Robot ship
is heading towards Plymouth-IV. As with the Rommel the Leonidas active sensors have a range of 260mkm with a resolution of
92.
As expected the fighter-scouts pick up sensor readings of a Robot outpost on Plymouth-IV. After about 3.5 hours the
Thunderbolts are finally in range to overcome the Robot's ECM and fire their missiles, shadowing the ship till the missiles
reach their target. Throughout the engagement the Thunderbolt missile fire controls had lots of problems with the enemy
ECM, to compensate a longer ranged fire control will be needed, but without getting better active sensor tech we would
still be stuck at a max range of 58mkm, so waiting till the new sensor tech research is completed seems to be the best
course of action.
10 missiles are destroyed by PD fire and another 26 miss, the remaining 44 hit the Leonidas, but no outward sign of serious
damage can be detected. This means that she will be able to restock on missiles and engage us again, and due to her speed
there is nothing we can do except weathering the storm and closing in. As soon as they have rearmed the Thunderbolts head
for the Leonidas again.
Despite the fleet being deep into its missile range the Leonidas keeps heading for the fleet, maybe the Robot's missile
reserves are exhausted after a final reload. A short time later the expected missiles are detected. After only 5 wave of
missiles the last one contains just 8 missiles instead of the usual 9, making it very likely that the Robots really did run
out of stock. As before the Thunderbolts launch all missiles once they are in range. And again 10 missiles are destroyed by
PD fire, but this time 49 hit and cause a secondary power system explosion. Speed is down to 3kkm/sec. Once they are in
range the Vanguards open fire with 20 missiles each and the Leonidas is destoyed, Pearl Harbour got in the killing shot
again.
Captain Brennan believes all Robot ships to be destroyed, but has the fighter-scouts take a look at the other planets just
to be sure. In the meantime 1st Strike Fleet heads towards in gatebuilder wreck. And his caution proves to be right, 2
Robot ships are detected in the orbit of Plymouth-VI, a 19250t Artemis class and a 19100t Hercules, both unknown. By now
Captain Brennan is not sure if the 2 salvagers heading here will be enough to take care of all the wrecks, but for the
moment he does nat call any additional ones.
The Vanguards fire 120 missiles at each Robot ship to test their armor and defenses. The Robot ships have still not tried
to move and are hit by all the missiles and destroyed with Vanguard and Masada scoring the kills. They had an armor of at
least 2, but 120 strength 4 hits were too much. The fighter scouts are ordered closer to investigate the wreckage and the
planet, but no outpost was found. With no furhter Robot ships being found 1st Strike Fleet heads back to Polaris.
March: Research into Assault Infantry Battalions has been completed by Sam Harrison and the new beam fire control prototype
has been completed by Tyler Harper, but it still take some time before the new high-speed gauss turret is prototyped. Sam
Harrison starts to look into Ground Unit Strength 16 while the remaining labs are split between other projects.
The Xenoteam on Aberystwyth-II has completed their examination of the alien ruins and found that it belonged to the
Erzincan Confederation who were far below our own tech level. 15 installations might be salavaged, but are a very low
priority with still close to 600 higher level installations on Stevenage-II were 6 construction units are currently working
on the ruins with 2 more enroute.
A new jump point has been found by observing a Protectorate jump into Polaris, it leads to Exeter and Charon heads there to
build a gate.
The first 2 Seal tanker/tenders have been build at Polaris and one of them heads towards 1st Strike Fleet to replace the
Agincourts along their way who currently serve as auxiliary tankers.
A new gated jump point has been found in Chorly and Agincourt heads there to investigate.
The Robot Aphrodite seems to have been a jump ship that has been using a Magneto-Plasma Drive judging from what was found
in its wreckage. And the Rommel had a number of beam weapons, a 25cm railgun was salavaged along with a number of
Stellarator Reactors.
April: 29 compressed fuel stroage systems have been found on Stevenage-II, since nobody has any idea what those really do
they are transported back to Polaris for further investigation.
May: Salvaging the Robot Leonidas class yielded 1 ECM/ECCM-4, 1 Missile Fire Control 225-92, 4 Magento Plasma Drives 96, 3
Size 4 Missile Launchers and 1 Thermal Sensor 2-28. The following salvage of the Hercules class yielded 1 ECCM-4, 3 Missile
Fire Control 35-1 and 5 size 1 missile launchers.
Anna Heath completed research into Fighter Production Rate 14, Mining Production 16t is next, hopefully putting an end to
the Duranium shortfall.
Agincourt reaches a jump gate in Norwich when she entered the Chorley jump point and resturns to Chorley afterwards.
Salvage of the Robot Artemis class yielded nothing but a S02 40-20000 beam fire control.
In an effort to clear the Swarm from every known system 1st Strike Fleet heads to Nottingham. This time 3 King George V
carriers will be involved with 12 Spitfire Mk2s and 8 Thunderbolts + 4 fighter-scouts. The Spitfires should do the main part of the
fighting against the Swarm, the rest of the fleet is mostly there as backup in case there are any nasty surprises or another Swarm
base ships is encountered. The 2 Seal class tankers/colliers will follow the fleet and load Mamba III missiles while the most of the
fleet still carries the older Mamba IIs.
June: A partially intact colony has been found on Plymouth-VI, it includes an installation that will improve
power/propulsion research by an astonishing 100%. With its temperature of -37°, 1.24 gravity and 1.54 atmosphere of 80%
Nitrogen and 20% Carbon Dioxide only some oxygen is needed to turn this into a prefectly habitable world just 2 jumps from
Polaris. Civilian shipping is contracted to move 7 terraformers and 2000 infrastructure there immediately. The 2 suspected
Robot bases have been in orbit here, maybe the ruins will finally give us some idea who their creators have been.
We will need faster cargo ships soon, the transports from the various excavation sites back to Polaris are taking a toll on
the ships, there is hardly any time for rest. And having to move the Duranium from London to Polaris is only adding to the
strain.
Styx has completed the Llandudno/Stevenage gate and heads towards Glasgow to build a gate to Oxford after some rest and
refuel at Polaris.
-
July: Oliver Fuller has completed research into Far Ultraviolett Lasers and looks for a way to incorporate this new
knowledge into a improved laser for the Spitfires. But more important than gettting some additional range from a new laser
is getting better beam fire controls to use that range.
1st Strike Fleet enters Nottingham. Instead of the 15 wrecks seen here earlier there are 2 new wrecks here with a unknown
24.6kt having a lifepod right next to it. 1st Strike fleet heads towards the lifepod with SS Opal moving ahead to scan for
enemies and rescue the survivors. With this being a known Swarm system the lack of the old wrecks does not bode well.
As everybody has been afraid a short time later 139 Swarm FACs appear on Opal's sensors. She heads back to the fleet while
the 12 Spitfires supported by 1 Raven and 1 Crow sensor ship are launched from the carriers and heading at full speed
towards the FACs.
When the Spitfires reach the FACs they try to lure them away from the Opal, thus giving her the chance to move towards the
survivors again. And it works, when the range is down to 123kkm the Spitfires open fire, scoring 6 strength 3 hits at the
Swarm ships, leaving it leaking fluid and drifting in space. In the end it was more like slaughter than a real battle. Most
of the time when the 12 lasers have reloaded after 50 seconds a Swarm FAC was either destroyed or disabled without any of
them getting into range to retaliate.
Some hours later 7 additional Swarm FACs were detected any the Spitfires launch to intercept them. All 7 were destroyed
without any problems, the crew getting used to the hit and run tactics.
A unexplored jump point in Ayr brought Aardvark to Londonderry.
August: An anomaly has been discovered at Plymouth-I which would boost defense research by 50%, but due to its very low
habitability (col cost 38) it is very unlikely that it will be used by us.
After having search all of Nottingham's planets no sign of capital Swarm ships have been found, but with all 3 suns of this
trinary having planets they might be hidding at sun B or C and we lack to fuel to take a closer look at the moment. It is
unknown how long the "incubation periode" is for the Swarm larvae to eat up a wreck and become FACs, but since 1st Strike
Fleet is currently lacking the fuel to return to Polaris Captain Brennan decides to wait at the gate to Londonderry for the
tankers to arrive.
One of the older wreck in Nottingham disappears from the sensor, by now everybody knows what this means and the sensor
officers are extra vigilant. When half the distance towards the gate has been covered the expected Swarm FACs - 7 of them -
appears on the sensors and the Spitfires are launched again. And as before the FACs were killed without any problems.
September: Research into EM Sensor 14 have been completed by Gemma Kaur and she takes over research into Active Grav Sensor
28. In addition a research lab has been reactivated on Stevenage-II which still contained data about Improved Geological
Sensors, the lab is moved to Polaris.
Trying to identifiy the ruins on Plymouth-VI has activated a Robot Assault battalion which is attacking the 5 garrison
units. 10 additional units are loaded on Polaris and moved to Plymouth. Later another Robot unit was detected, a Marine
Battalion. Due to this and the already suffered flosses another 10 garrisons are send there.
After having been refueled 1st Strike Fleet heads back to Polaris.
The geo-team on Stevenage-II have finally completed their survey and found lots of additional minerals. Duranium went up
from 16kt at 100% to 15mt, Corbomite from 397kt to 12mt, Sorium from 9mt to 20mt, Gallicite from 1mt to 6mt in addition to
raising accessability from 10% to 70%. In addition accessability of Tritanium has been raised from 10% to 50% and Corumdium
from 10% to 70%. 15mt of 100% accessable Duranium make Stevenage-II a very interesting planet now and with 564 T5 ruins
left to explore and only lacking some atmosphere it is a very nice terraforming candidate, especially since it is only 1
jump away from Polaris.
A new gated jump point has been found in Chorley and Agincourt moves to investigate. The gate leads to another gate in
Dundee.
October: Due to the information gained from salvaging the Robot fire controls our scientists were able complete research
into Active Grav Sensors 28, a new R15 missile fire control is prototyped.
Connor Wallis completed research into Laminate Composite Armor and using the new armor and previously prototyped components
the designs of the Spitfires and Resolutions are updated. A part of the labs is used to prototype a new turret for a future
heavy cruiser design, a triple 20cm Far UV laser turret with a tracking speed of 10k, thus being able to share the
Newman Electronics Fire Control S04 160-10000 with the Spitfire Mk3. Both the prototype and the shipyard should be ready by
the middle of January, but the new sensors will take till mid-February.
The Resolution Mk2 is 10kt which is 2kt larger than the Mk1, it retains its 3 quad gauss turrets, but their tracking speed
is raised from 12k to 20k, movement speed is brought up from 3k to 4k, the R1 active sensor and the beam fire control is
improved, the range and deployment time have been doubled to 23bkm and 24 months respectively and it has 4 layers of armor
now. A couple of the turrets are still under construction, but since the upgrade will have to be done in 2 batches of 4
each this will be no problem.
Resolution Mk2 class Cruiser 10 000 tons 220 Crew 1495.6 BP TCS 200 TH 800 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 4-41 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 6 PPV 97.92
Maint Life 2.12 Years MSP 561 AFR 133% IFR 1.9% 1YR 167 5YR 2498 Max Repair 187 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (5) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 800 000 Litres Range 22.9 billion km (66 days at full power)
Quad Doyle Systems GC R2-100 Turret 20k (3x12) Range 20 000km TS: 20000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 2 ROF 5
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Johnson Electronics Fire Control S00.5 10-20000 (1) Max Range: 20 000 km TS: 20000 km/s 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Leach-Oneill Active Search Sensor MR4-R1 (1) GPS 42 Range 4.6m km MCR 503k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
The Spitfire Mk3 gets a second layer of the new laminated armor and both the laser and fire controls improve their range
from 256kkm to 320kkm. Since we have enough carriers now to deploy the Spitfires their intended deployment time is cut to 3
days.
Spitfire Mk3 class Fast Attack Craft 1 000 tons 8 Crew 445 BP TCS 20 TH 224 EM 0
11200 km/s Armour 2-8 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 4
Maint Life 0.48 Years MSP 28 AFR 80% IFR 1.1% 1YR 58 5YR 877 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.1 months Spare Berths 2
Dickinson Turbines 112 EP MPD 1.75 (2) Power 112 Fuel Use 272.25% Signature 112 Exp 17%
Fuel Capacity 105 000 Litres Range 6.9 billion km (7 days at full power)
James-Godfrey 20cm C1 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 11200 km/s Power 10-1 RM 5 ROF 50
10 10 10 10 10 8 7 6 5 5
Newman Electronics Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72
69
Stellarator Fusion Reactor Technology PB-1 (1) Total Power Output 1.2 Armour 0 Exp 5%
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Charon has completed the Polaris/Exeter gate and moves to Edinburgh to build a gate to Swansea. And despite 23 garrisons
being on Plymouth-VI by now (2 have been destroyed) the Robots are still attacking, but finally start to take some serious
losses.
November: Gemma Kaur completed research into a new missile fire control for the Thunderbolts FC91-R15 and starts to look
into a improved R1 sensor next, depending on how long the additional retooling would take it might get incorporated into
the Resolution Mk2.
The new armor and better geo sensors found in the ruins will be used in an improved Tribal class, the Mk3.
Tribal Mk3 class Geological Survey Vessel 2 400 tons 42 Crew 428 BP TCS 48 TH 192 EM 0
4000 km/s Armour 1-15 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/4 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 111 Max Repair 150 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 60 months Spare Berths 0
Daniels-Whitehead 192 EP Commercial MPD (1) Power 192 Fuel Use 4.96% Signature 192 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 70 000 Litres Range 105.8 billion km (306 days at full power)
Improved Geological Sensors (2) 4 Survey Points Per Hour
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
December: Prescott found a new gateless jump connection between Penzance and York and returns to Penzance afterwards.
Baker&Marsh naval yard has been expanded to 8kt and this allows us to imrpove the Seal tanker/collier to what it should
have been. The use of comemrcial engines does not allow for much extra fuel capacity, but speed is increased by 30% and
fuel capacity by 50% to 1.5ml.
Seal Mk2 class Support Vessel 8 000 tons 66 Crew 505.2 BP TCS 160 TH 576 EM 0
3600 km/s Armour 1-35 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 0
Maint Life 1.22 Years MSP 79 AFR 256% IFR 3.6% 1YR 55 5YR 824 Max Repair 38.4 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 14 months Spare Berths 0
Magazine 540
Daniels-Whitehead 192 EP Commercial MPD (3) Power 192 Fuel Use 4.96% Signature 192 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 1 540 000 Litres Range 698.6 billion km (2245 days at full power)
Mamba III (270) Speed: 23 800 km/s End: 96.2m Range: 137.3m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 103/61/30
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
After having completed the new MR7-R1 active search sensor Gemma Kaur start to look into a new R170 long range sensor. It
should be completed at the same time as the new R15 sensor.
In the same week out first 8 Assault Battalions have been completed and High Command contemplates sending them to
Plymouth-VI to use them to storm the Robots positions, but it is hoped that the Robots will be destroyed soon anyway. 5 Assault
units will be transfered to Stevenage-II instead, in case there are any Robots emerging from the ruins there.
The Protectorate has given us information about Cloaking Technology.
3 Jump Gate Construction Modules 90 have been uncovered on Stevenage-II and are transported back to Polaris, using those in
our current 2 constructors will cut down the time to build gates by 75%.
Once the new sensors are completed we will have to build some defensive bases for our most important/promissing colonies,
most of them are guarded only by 5 garrison units at the moment.
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +30, Terra +5, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 879m (+15)
Factories: 1018
Labs: 73
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/15500 (+1500), 2/19000 (+3000), 8/1000, 2/8000 (+2000)
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 20.9k (+0.9 ), Tundra 26.8k (+1.7), Hill 25.7k (+1.2)
EM: 67.7k (+1.7), Tundra 71.7k (+3.2), Hill 72.3k (+2.7)
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Ship +5, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 85.0m (+4.7)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 280 (+24)
Terraformers: 22
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +35, Wealth +20, Mine +40, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 35.1m (+4.8 )
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 72 (+13)
Terraformers: 6
Minor Colonies:
Polaris Comet#4 - 50 automines
Polaris Comet#5 - 50 automines
Douglas III - +80% defense research - 2.9m pop - perfect world, 2 research labs
Cheltenham-III - 1.9m pop - perfect world
London III Moon 30 - 679 automines
London III Moon 31 - 1.3m pop
Aberdeen II - Ruins - TL2 - 36 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - 1.3m pop, Ruins - TL2 - 32 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Stevenage II - 1.1m pop, Ruins - TL5 - 549 Installations - +40% logistics research - Digging
Belfast IV - 0.7m pop
Newcastle III - 0.7m pop
Plymouth-I - +50% defense research (38 col cost)
Plymouth-VI - 0.6m pop, Runis - unknown race/installations - +100% power/propulsion
Aberystwyth-II - Ruins - TL2 - 15 Installations - +30% energy research
Kilmarnock-IV Moon 1 - 1 tracking station
Middlesborough II Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 135 Installations - Digging
Mineral shortages:
Duranium, 5.5k stockpile (-1.0)
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 30% / Terraforming 0.002 atm
Construction: 45% / Mining Production 16
Defense: 65% / Gamma Shields
Energy: 35% / Triple 20cm Far UV Laser Turret
Logistics: 40%, 25% / Ground Unit Strength 16, Brigade Headquarters
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Gauss Cannon Rate of Fire 4, Ordnance Production 14
Power: 55%, 30% / Internal Confinement Fusion Drive, Max Engine Power x2.0
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 30% / Active Sensor 255-170 & 75-15, Thermal Reduction 75% (DS)
Civilian Shipping (7160 up to 9610):
Godfrey Lines - 38 ships (+4 - 2590 income)
Shepherd Corp - 33 ships (-2 - 2100 income)
Payne Transport - 10 ships (700 income)
Doherty Transport - 10 ships (+1 - 640 income)
Lloyd T&T - 13 ships (+1 - 620 income)
Sharp Company - 9 ships (+1 - 560 income)
Lawson Container - 5 ships (+1 - 340 income)
John T&T - 3 ships (220 income)
Clements Carrier - 3 ships (220 income)
Banks Container - 4 ships (+2 - 1620 income)! specialised at Colony Ships
Income at 66.7 (+4.3) and expenditure at 59.7 (+6.5). Wealth reserves are at 81k.
-
1978
Janaury: It looks like the Robots at Plymouth-VI are either getting reinforcements or we start to see units who fought
before but had not be seen by us, there are heavy assault units on the Robot side now as well. The 5 Assault Battalions
enroute to Stevenage are redirected to Plymouth-VI.
The triple laser turret for the heavy cruiser has been completed, next (and last) will be a spinal laser for them.
All 3 new 250t sensors are completed, one aimed at 8500t with a range of 255mkm, the next for 750t with a range of 76mkm
and the final one targeting 50t with a range of 11mkm. A new 100t R15 missile fire control with a range of 91mkm has
already been researched and only a R170 MFC is still missing for the Vanguard missile cruisers. A new 100t design with a
range of 306mkm is starting to be researched now, but upgrading the Resolutions has the first priority at the moment, only
once all have been refitted to the new Mk2 standard retooling for the Vanguards can start.
The new upgraded sensors will be incorporaed into a new fighter-scout as well when the second batch of Skunks has been
completed.
Currently the industry on Polaris is still busy building ship parts, but once things start to slow down a little bit a new
planetary base/hangar will be build to defend colonies outside of the Polaris system.
February: Research into Gamma Shields have been completed and since a recharge raet of 2 is too low to really use shields
for the current designs recharge rate 2.5 is researched next.
March: The new 25cm Spinal Far Ultraviolet Laser has been prototyped and a new ship class is designed, the Invincible heavy
beam cruiser. All components should be pre-build by the time Odonnel&Co. naval yard has completed retooling (using about
30% of the current industrial capacity).
Basically this heavy beam cruiser is supposed to close the gap to missile ships while being protected from their missiles
by two quad gauss turrets and once in range use the 3 triple laser 20cm main turrets and the 25cm spinal laser to destroy
the enemy. During the approach the main guns can double up as poor anti-missile guns as well. It should have enough armor
to deal with the occasional leaked missile, later versions might get some shields as well. The speed of 5200km/sec should
be enough to catch most of the alien ships we have encountered so far. In addition it can/will be used as a raider vs.
enemy merchant shipping. Jump gate entry/defense are other possible ways to use them.
Invincible class Heavy Cruiser 20 000 tons 435 Crew 3505.6 BP TCS 400 TH 2080 EM 0
5200 km/s Armour 8-65 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 11 PPV 115.94
Maint Life 2.17 Years MSP 1205 AFR 290% IFR 4% 1YR 344 5YR 5164 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 15
Hangar Deck Capacity 500 tons Cryogenic Berths 200
Dickinson & Doyle 160 EP Magneto-plasma Drive (13) Power 160 Fuel Use 63% Signature 160 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 2 535 000 Litres Range 36.2 billion km (80 days at full power)
Triple James-Godfrey 20cm C1 Far UV Laser Turret (3x3) Range 320 000km TS: 10000 km/s Power 30-3 RM 5 ROF
50 10 10 10 10 10 8 7 6 5 5
Pearce-Harper 25cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 5200 km/s Power 16-4 RM 5 ROF 20
16 16 16 16 16 13 11 10 8 8
Quad Doyle Systems GC R2-100 Turret 20k (2x12) Range 20 000km TS: 20000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 2 ROF 5
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Newman Electronics Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72
69
Johnson Electronics Fire Control S00.5 10-20000 (1) Max Range: 20 000 km TS: 20000 km/s 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Lord-Jackson Tokamak Fusion Reactor Technology PB-1 (4) Total Power Output 16 Armour 0 Exp 5%
Knight & Palmer Active Search Sensor MR7-R1 (1) GPS 56 Range 7.8m km MCR 854k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Long and medium ranged sensors will be provided by fighter-scouts.
The Protectorate gave us Internal Confinement Fusion Drive Technology, which is great since our own research would have
taken another 1.5 years. The only downside is that our current batch of refits become fairly pointless now ;) New engine
prototypes will be researched next, starting with a 200t 200EP fighter design.
Sam Harrison completed research into Ground Unit Strength 16 and takes over the research into HQs.
A new ungated jump point has been discovered in Llandudno, Kurosawa moves there to investigate and provide fuel for the 2
grav survey ships in system.
The Robots on Plymouth-VI have finally been defeated, all except 5 garrison units will return to Polaris where the
population is starting to get nervous due to the truce with the other 2 Polaris Tribes ending in 20 months.
The Protectorate gave us Minimum Engine Power Modifier x0.2 and the new FC306R170 missile fire control prototype has been
completed. The freed up labs are added to the current research into Beam FC Speed 6250.
May: Eleanor Singh has completed the Hamilton-Rhodes 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive prototype to be used in the next
generation of Thunderbolt fighter-bombers and Spitfire FACs. Next she will look into a regular 500t military engine which
will generate 200 EP as well.
The new Thunderbolt II's speed is nearly doubled to 20kkm/sec and it gets a new longer ranged fire control and next
generation armor as well. It is armed with the new Mamba IV missile.
Thunderbolt Mk2 class Fighter-bomber 500 tons 7 Crew 187 BP TCS 10 TH 200 EM 0
20000 km/s Armour 1-5 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 3
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 100% IFR 1.4% 1YR 28 5YR 418 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.36 months Spare Berths 0
Magazine 20
Hamilton-Rhodes 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 200 Fuel Use 569.21% Signature 200 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 20 000 Litres Range 1.3 billion km (17 hours at full power)
Sheppard-Walters Size 2 Box Launcher (10) Missile Size 2 Hangar Reload 15 minutes MF Reload 2.5 hours
Lord-Potts Design Bureau Missile Fire Control FC91-R15 (1) Range 91.1m km Resolution 15
Mamba IV (10) Speed: 28 300 km/s End: 135.4m Range: 229.9m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 103/62/31
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
The new Spitfire Mk4s are able to carry the new 25cm Far UV Spinal Laser now, but are a little bit slower than the Swarm
FACs. The difference in speed is just 150km/sec, so each Spitfire would be able to fire 67 times (once every 20 seconds)
before the Swarm FACs would be in range to retaliate. Even if 2/3s either miss or fail to destroy/stop a FAC a flight of 16
Spitfires should be able to take out 320 Swarm FACs before they can even start to return fire. So they would be useless vs.
really large swarms, but should be able to deal with anything below 300 ships.
Spitfire Mk4 class Fast Attack Craft 950 tons 9 Crew 459.8 BP TCS 19 TH 200 EM 0
10526 km/s Armour 2-8 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 8
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 190% IFR 2.6% 1YR 202 5YR 3036 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.1 months Spare Berths 1
Hamilton-Rhodes 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 200 Fuel Use 569.21% Signature 200 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 50 000 Litres Range 1.7 billion km (43 hours at full power)
Pearce-Harper 25cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 10526 km/s Power 16-4 RM 5 ROF 20
16 16 16 16 16 13 11 10 8 8
Newman Electronics Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72
69
Lord-Jackson Tokamak Fusion Reactor Technology PB-1 (1) Total Power Output 4 Armour 0 Exp 5%
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Mining Production 16 has been researched by Anna Heath, hopefully leading to a rising Duranium stockpile again since
currently we are at about 4k. Fuel Production 24k will be researched next since reserves are down to 35ml and the
Harvesters are barely able to keep up with demand.
Sam Harrison completed research into Brigade Headquarters and since 3 garrisions have just been completed the construction
of the first HQs is started. Research into Ground Units Strength 20 is started and should be completed before the truce
ends.
A new Llandudno jump point brought the Kurosawa to Leyland.
June: The new 500t 200EP engine prototype has been completed by Eleanor Singh and she starts to look into a 1500t 240 Ep
Commercial Engine lowering fuel usage down to 0.5 next.
July: Commercial Engine prototype completed.
A jump point in Ayr leads to London, providing a nice shortcut to this region of space, sadly there are no gates at either
side. The second jump point in Ayr brought the Prescott to a new system called Leeds. Leeds is a binary with 5 planets in
orbit around each sun. There are a couple of interesting planets here, Leeds-A I is a terrestrial who only lacks some
atmosphere (just 0.21 there) to turn it into a perfectly habitable world. Leeds-B I is nearly identical to A-I. And Leeds
B-III is even better with a breathable atmosphere, but it is about 30° too cold (col cost 1.1). Due to the nice planets we
have already colonised or are currently terraforming Leeds does not have a very high priority, but sending some geo-scouts
there and building a gate has a fairly high priority.
A research facility has been recovered on Sheffield-III and is brought to Polaris.
Llandudno has 3 jump points and the last unexplored one brings Kurosawa to Kilmarnock.
August: Grav survey of Ayr has been completed, finding a total of 5 jump points one of which is still unexplored. And this
jump point leads to Exeter.
With the end of the truce looming closer and the Stevenage massacre by the Hill Tribe not forgotten 2 espionage teams are
send to the Hill Tribe. It is most important to learn more about their ships's capabilities.
A new jump point in Norwich brought Agincourt to the Blackburn system where upon entry 37 wrecks are detected, ranging from
2650t to 19kt. Some are unknown, some from the Robots but most of them are from the Church. Blackburn itself is a binary
without any remarkable planets, but is has 895! asteroids.
The Protectorate gave us 30cm Carronade Tech.
September: Styx completed the Glasgow/Oxford gate and move to Liverpool to build a Liverpool/York gate. A few days later
Charon completed the Edinburgh/Swansea gate and starts with the gate in Swansea.
A new jump point was found in Dover leading to Birmingham.
October: The Protectorate gave us Ship to Ship Tractor Beam Tech and Conor Wallis completed research into Shield
Regeneration 2.5 and continues with Delta Shields.
Anna Heath completed research into fuel production 24k and with 12 fuel harvesters in Polaris-VI's orbit our reserves
should start to rise again from the current 40ml. She starts to look into Research Rate 320.
Robot defenders got activated at the digs on Stevenage and Aberdeen, a Robot Assault Battalion has been spotted on
Stevenage, but it already lost 17% of its units in the first attack against our fairly well fortified positions. Which
reminds High Command that a number of Planetary Defense Centers are still needed for our colonies, but with all factories
currently needed to produce ship-parts and automines this will have to wait for roughly another month.
November: 39 years old Bailey Ward became the first Lt. General of the ground forces, but this is more due his excellent
connections with High Command and the Royal Council (political reliabilty 45%) than due to his martial skills (ground
combat bonus 11%) or any battles he participated in. Many in the military feel that any of the other 4 Major Generals would
have been a better choice since all have seen combat and are more skilled.
The new Stellar Fortress PDC is designed, its main purpose is providing early warning and housing a squadron of fighters to
intercept enemy ships in addition to providing hard cover for 5 battalions of garrison forces. 3 of them should be
completed by the time the truce runs out.
Stellar Fortress class Planetary Defence Centre 22 250 tons 21 Crew 1854 BP TCS 445 TH 0 EM 0
Armour 16-70 Sensors 1/140 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Intended Deployment Time: 0.1 months Flight Crew Berths 215
Hangar Deck Capacity 5000 tons Troop Capacity: 5 Battalions
Fuel Capacity 200 000 Litres Range N/A
Saunders Corporation Active Search Sensor MR75-R15 (1) GPS 2100 Range 75.9m km Resolution 15
Carpenter-Graham Active Search Sensor MR255-R170 (1) GPS 23800 Range 255.6m km Resolution 170
Knight & Palmer Active Search Sensor MR7-R1 (1) GPS 56 Range 7.8m km MCR 854k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Planetary Defence Centre and can be pre-fabricated in 9 sections
The Seal tanker/collier design is upgraded to Mk3 using the new engines which brings their speed up to 4.5kkm/sec.
Seal Mk3 class Support Vessel 8 000 tons 66 Crew 535 BP TCS 160 TH 720 EM 0
4500 km/s Armour 1-35 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 0
Maint Life 1.12 Years MSP 84 AFR 256% IFR 3.6% 1YR 68 5YR 1024 Max Repair 48 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 1
Magazine 540
Metcalfe International 240 EP Commercial IFD (3) Power 240 Fuel Use 4.25% Signature 240 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 1 545 000 Litres Range 817.9 billion km (2103 days at full power)
Mamba IV (270) Speed: 28 300 km/s End: 135.4m Range: 229.9m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 103/62/31
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +30, Terra +5, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 907m (+28 - mainly due to moving workers from other colonies)
Factories: 1026
Labs: 75 (+2)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/17000 (+1500), 2/20500 (+1500), 8/1000, 2/10000 (+2000)
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 21.6k (+0.7), Tundra 25.1k, Hill 24.5k
EM: 69.9k (+2.2), Tundra 68.5k, Hill 69.6k
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Ship +5, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 85.9m (+0.9 )
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 304 (+24)
Terraformers: 22
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +35, Wealth +20, Mine +40, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 34.4m (-0.7)
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 86 (+14)
Terraformers: 2
Minor Colonies:
Polaris Comet#4 - 50 automines
Polaris Comet#5 - 50 automines
Douglas III - +80% defense research - 3.5m pop - perfect world, 2 research labs
Cheltenham-III - 2.5m pop - perfect world
London III Moon 30 - 767 automines
London III Moon 31 - 2.0m pop
Aberdeen II - Ruins - TL2 - 29 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - 1.3m pop, Ruins - TL2 - 26 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Stevenage II - 6.5m pop, Ruins - TL5 - 495 Installations - +40% logistics research - Digging
Belfast IV - 0.6m pop
Newcastle III - 0.6m pop
Plymouth-I - +50% defense research (38 col cost)
Plymouth-VI - 1.5m pop, Runis - unknown race/installations - +100% power/propulsion
Aberystwyth-II - Ruins - TL2 - 15 Installations - +30% energy research
Kilmarnock-IV Moon 1 - 1 tracking station
Middlesborough II Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 110 Installations - Digging
Mineral shortages:
Duranium, 5.2k stockpile (-0.3)
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 40% / Terraforming 0.002 atm
Construction: 45% / Research Rate 320
Defense: 65% / Delta Shields
Energy: 35% / Turret Tracking Speed 6250
Logistics: 40% / Ground Unit Strength 20
Missiles: 65%, 35% / Gauss Cannon Rate of Fire 4, Ordnance Production 14
Power: 55%, 30% / Fuel Consumption 0.5, Capacitor Recharge 5
Sensors: 45%, 30%, 30% / Fire Control Speed 6250, Thermal Reduction 75% (DS)
Civilian Shipping (9610 up to 9840):
Godfrey Lines - 40 ships (+2 - 3090 income)
Shepherd Corp - 35 ships (+2 - 2560 income)
Payne Transport - 11 ships (+1 - 690 income)
Doherty Transport - 10 ships (680 income)
Lloyd T&T - 14 ships (+1 - 810 income)
Sharp Company - 8 ships (-1 - 520 income)
Lawson Container - 6 ships (+1 - 320 income)
John T&T - 4 ships (+1 - 220 income)
Clements Carrier - 3 ships (200 income)
Banks Container - 5 ships (+1 - 1730 income)! specialised at Colony Ships
Income at 69.7 (+3.0) and expenditure at 68.8 (+9.1). Wealth reserves are at 95k.
-
1979
January: With the new engines and some ship-parts still under construction the new Invincible heavy cruiser got updated
engines as well before the first two ships start to be constructed. It will keep its +30% speed advantage above SOTA fleet
speed. With the naval yard having completed retooling construction is started.
Invincible class Heavy Cruiser 20 000 tons 437 Crew 3787.6 BP TCS 400 TH 2600 EM 0
6500 km/s Armour 8-65 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 11 PPV 115.94
Maint Life 2.18 Years MSP 1302 AFR 290% IFR 4% 1YR 367 5YR 5509 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 13
Hangar Deck Capacity 500 tons Cryogenic Berths 200
Wells International 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (13) Power 200 Fuel Use 54% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 2 510 000 Litres Range 41.8 billion km (74 days at full power)
Pearce-Harper 25cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 6500 km/s Power 16-4 RM 5 ROF 20
16 16 16 16 16 13 11 10 8 8
Triple James-Godfrey 20cm C1 Far UV Laser Turret (3x3) Range 320 000km TS: 10000 km/s Power 30-3 RM 5 ROF
50 10 10 10 10 10 8 7 6 5 5
Quad Doyle Systems GC R2-100 Turret 20k (2x12) Range 20 000km TS: 20000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 2 ROF 5
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Johnson Electronics Fire Control S00.5 10-20000 (2) Max Range: 20 000 km TS: 20000 km/s 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Newman Electronics Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72
69
Lord-Jackson Tokamak Fusion Reactor Technology PB-1 (4) Total Power Output 16 Armour 0 Exp 5%
Knight & Palmer Active Search Sensor MR7-R1 (1) GPS 56 Range 7.8m km MCR 854k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
February: The first of the two new Charon Mk2 gatebuilders have been completed, with its build time of just 90 days it
will enable us to jump into contested systems and get a gate build there quickly. Enabling the ships to get out of the
system in less than 90 days due to the expertise gained in building earlier gates. Due to this Charon II heads towards
Oxford - another Swarm system - and will be followed by 1st Strike Fleet a short time later. Commander Samatha Gould is
flown in from Charon to take command of the new ship while her XO Lt.Cmdr. Isabella King takes over command of Charon.
Charon Mk2 class Construction Ship 74 100 tons 226 Crew 2427.2 BP TCS 1482 TH 1920 EM 0
1295 km/s Armour 1-157 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 20 Max Repair 48 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 60 months Spare Berths 0
Jump Gate Construction Ship: 90 days
Metcalfe International 240 EP Commercial IFD (8) Power 240 Fuel Use 4.25% Signature 240 Exp 4%
Fuel Capacity 430 000 Litres Range 24.6 billion km (219 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
March: The aliens formerly living on Plymoth-VI have been identified as the Osmaniye Empire, 284 installations have been
found, but the tech level is below our own (TL2).
First the first 4 Spitfire Mk4s having been refit 1st Strike Fleet heads off towards Oxford. Since we only have 4 of the
new Spitfires the fleet contains a fairly large number of missile capable ships. In addition to 3 King George V carriers
with the 4 Spitfires, 1 Crow/Raven and 16 Thunderbolts there are all 12 Vanguard missile cruisers and 4 Resolution Mk2
gauss anti-missle ships and a Spider class sensor ship. The fleet will be followed by 4 Seal tanker/collier ships in case
reloads for the missiles are needed in system. All combat ships have Mamba IIIs for their launchers, the Seals will carry
Mamba IVs. With the mass of firepower 1st Strike Fleet is renamed 1st Battle Fleet.
April: 1st Battle Fleet reached the Glasgow/Oxford gate and 2 Raven/Crow fighter-scouts are send through the gate with
orders to move away from the gate once they are in Oxford for a quick recon.
There are 6 Hill Tribe and 3 Church wrecks in system, which will mean more Swarm ships in the long run and there is a
lifepod at one of the Hill Tribe wrecks. No enemies are seen close to the jump point and the rest of the fleet is given the
all clear. Captain Brennan is quite nervous about facing a unknown number of active Swarm ships - as indicated by the
lifepod - without having any way to flee the system if things go worng. But he has his orders to clear the system and the
720 missile tubes of the Vanguards in combination with 160 tubes on the Thunderbolts and spare missiles with the Seals
bolster his confidence even he is only able to field 4 of the new Spitfires.
After transit the fighter-scouts return to their carrier and the fleet sets out towards the lifepod. The Hill Tribe wrecks
are all 19kt-29kt of known combat designs, maybe they were able to take some Swarm ships with them, but most likely they
will breed more than they have brought down.
Charon moves into Oxford and starts with the gate, it should take just 55 days to complete the gate due to the experience
of Commander Gould with such operations.
1st Battle Fleet detects a 6750t unknown Church ship sitting motionless in space not reacting to any hails. A few minutes
later the most likely reason for this becomes clear as the sensors pick up readings of 580 Swarm FACs and they are heading
our way. Captain Brennan orders the fleet to head away from them at 90°, maybe they have not seen the Charon at the jump
point and there is no need to lead them right to her. The Thunderbolts and Spitfires are launched and all Vanguards start
to open fire.
With each of the 12 Vanguards carrying 510 missiles, each of the 3 King George V carriers 360 and the 4 Seals with 270
missiles each 1st Strike Fleet has a total of around 8k missiles. For the first volley of missiles 10 missiles are shot at
each FAC. Depending on the quality of the crews the chances for a hit are between 35%-40%. And with 3 or more hits needed
to disable/destroy a FAC in the end 9 missiles are assigned to each FAC. Even if each flight of missiles is able to take
out 1 FAC this battle will cost us close to 70% of the total Mamba III stocks and there are only 1000 Mamba IVs still on
Polaris. In case we meet any of the big Swarm ships 2 additional Seals are dispatched from Polaris with the remaining
stocks of old Mamba Is and some Mamba IIs.
Analysis of the hits show that in some cases not even 4 hits are enough to disable a Swarm FAC, it looks like we will
either have to use another flight of missiles against those ships or have to hope that once they get into range of the
Spitfires they are able to deal with those ships quickly. In the end about 7k missiles had to be spend on the FACs, but all
of them were destroyed.
When moving deeper into the system 2 of the 60kt base ships were spotted, due to lacking the missiles to penetrate their
shields the fleet is waiting for the Seals to arrive with the old missiles. The carrier Ariel is used to bring Mamba IIs as
well after unloading its current Mamba IIIs. In addition it will bring another 4 Spitfires who have completed their refit
to Mk4s in the meantime. About 900 missiles will be brought to 1st Battle fleet this way, this should be enough to destroy
at least 1 of the base ships, but first we will check if 8 Spitfires are enough to bring down the shields of one of these
base ships.
It turned out that it is not possible, we are doing about 24 damage each 20 seconds, but the shields regenerate for 40 in
the meantime. But it turns out to be no problem to kill the 60kt ship with 720 missiles (24x30) from the Vanguards. The
only problem will be getting back to Polaris to get enough missiles to bring the second 60kt ship down as well. For the
moment 1st Battle Fleet will tour the wrecks and planets looking for more Swarm ships before they are able to form up into
large groups. 40 "civilian" Swarm ships were found and destroyed in orbit around Oxford-IV.
The fighter-scouts explore the inner planets without finding any enemies. Afterwards 1st Battle Fleet moves to the Glasgow
jump point in order to protect the Charon gatebuilder there. Since wrecks keep disappearing from the sensors the fighter-
scouts take a closer look at the wreck-sites.
Connor Wallis has completed Delta Shields research and starts to look into a first prototype.
May: Another new shipping line has been created, Powell Carrier Corporation.
Charon completed the Oxford/Glasgow gate and heads to Birmingham to build a gate to Dover. 1st Battle Fleet heads back to
Polaris for some rest and an overhaul.
Connor Wallis completed the Delta Shield Prototype, he starts to look into better armor (Compressed Carbon).
The first ship to use the shields is a 5600t new fast destroyer class, it is mainly designed as a anti-Swarm ship. In
addition it should be able to outgun most known beam ships while being protected by the shield and its speed, and it might
be used as a base buster when the anti ship missiles have been dealt with by gauss ships/platforms. And finally it might
serve as a decent jump point assault ship. But currently there is no free naval yard to build them, a new naval yard is
currently under construction, but will take some time to finish.
Broadsword class Destroyer 5 600 tons 129 Crew 1342.8 BP TCS 112 TH 1200 EM 450
10714 km/s Armour 4-28 Shields 15-300 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 8
Maint Life 2.29 Years MSP 375 AFR 100% IFR 1.4% 1YR 97 5YR 1452 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Wells International 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (6) Power 200 Fuel Use 54% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 555 000 Litres Range 33.0 billion km (35 days at full power)
Law Engineering Company Delta R300/360 Shields (6) Total Fuel Cost 90 Litres per hour (2 160 per day)
Pearce-Harper 25cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 10714 km/s Power 16-4 RM 5 ROF 20
16 16 16 16 16 13 11 10 8 8
Newman Electronics Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72
69
Lord-Jackson Tokamak Fusion Reactor Technology PB-1 (1) Total Power Output 4 Armour 0 Exp 5%
Knight & Palmer Active Search Sensor MR7-R1 (1) GPS 56 Range 7.8m km MCR 854k km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
June: A new gated jump point in Norwich leads to Lancaster. And another jump point leads from Newtonabbey to a new system
called Fleetwood. Fleetwood is a trinary system without any remarkable planets from what could be seen by the inital scans,
but that each of the 3 suns has planets - despiet B and C being fairly small - is in a way remarkable in itself.
The Swansea/Edinburgh jump point has been completed and the old Charon is moving to Polaris to be scrapped. A short time
later the Chester/Exeter gate has been completed as well. Charon (new) is moving to Aberystwth to build gates there.
July: The Liverpool/York gate has been completed by the old Styx which is moving back to Polaris to be scrapped.
Eve Gould on Douglas has completed research into Thermal Reduction Signature 50% despite being a sensor specialist. And
since we have still no second defense specialist she continues with Minimum Cloak Size 25.
The first 2 Invincible class heavy beam cruisers have been completed and 2 more are being build. But since we were unable
to pre-build all parts it will take till September 1980 and March 1981 before they are completed. The 2 cruisers start
their training and are named Incinvible (every first ship of a class always gets the name of the class) and Stevenage in
order to remind everybody about the Stevenage massacre.
August: Eleanor Singh has completed research into Fuel Consumption 0.5l and takes over Capacitor Recharge 5.
Olivia Brookes has improved her mining skill bonus to 50%, sadly we have no more minerals left on Polaris (actually there
are lots of them left, but just for the NPRs). And the digging has released Robots on Aberdeen-IIIand Stevenage-II, but
there should be enough defenders in place to repell them.
30 construction factories have been send to Stevenage-II in order to help with the assembly of the Stellar Fortress PDC.
And 10 newly build construction units were moved to the London mining colony to assemble the PDC there. The 3rd PDC is
still under construction.
September: With the better fuel efficiency a new ASM has been designed, the Mamba V - it retains the strength 4 warhead and
has a range of 192mkm with a speed of 29.7kkm/sec, giving it a chance to hit targets moving at 5kkm/sec of 71%.
We are sending out our Spider class scout ships to keep an closer eye on Hill Tribe military fleets and follow them around
at a adistance of 10mkm.
New fighter-scouts using the upgraded engines are designed and enter production.
Raven Mk2 class Fighter-Scout 500 tons 10 Crew 253 BP TCS 10 TH 200 EM 0
20000 km/s Armour 1-5 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 100% IFR 1.4% 1YR 92 5YR 1375 Max Repair 140 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.12 months Spare Berths 0
Hamilton-Rhodes 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 200 Fuel Use 569.21% Signature 200 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 20 000 Litres Range 1.3 billion km (17 hours at full power)
Saunders Corporation Active Search Sensor MR75-R15 (1) GPS 2100 Range 75.9m km Resolution 15
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
Crow Mk2 class Fighter-Scout 500 tons 10 Crew 253 BP TCS 10 TH 200 EM 0
20000 km/s Armour 1-5 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 100% IFR 1.4% 1YR 92 5YR 1375 Max Repair 140 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.12 months Spare Berths 0
Hamilton-Rhodes 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 200 Fuel Use 569.21% Signature 200 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 20 000 Litres Range 1.3 billion km (17 hours at full power)
Carpenter-Graham Active Search Sensor MR255-R170 (1) GPS 23800 Range 255.6m km Resolution 170
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
October: All Resolutions either have been upgraded or are currently upgradeed to Mk2. The Mk2 is still using Magneto-Plasma
Drives, but the speed of 4kkm/sec is fine for the moment, especially since we should get gauss cannons with a higher rate
of fire next year. Due to this the Vanguard missile cruisers will be upgraded next and the naval yard is starting to be
retooled.
The Vanguard Mk2 is 4kt heavier, has 2 additional magazines and 20 additional launchers allowing 10 volleys of 80 missiles
each for a total of 800 missiles. 3 layers of Laminate Composite Armor are added and it gets longer range missile fire
controls. The speed goes up to 5kkm/sec while the range is reduced by 10% to 30mkm.
Vanguard Mk2 class Missile Cruiser 16 000 tons 327 Crew 2476.8 BP TCS 320 TH 1600 EM 0
5000 km/s Armour 4-56 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 6 PPV 80
Maint Life 2.09 Years MSP 581 AFR 341% IFR 4.7% 1YR 178 5YR 2664 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 2
Magazine 1600
Wells International 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (8) Power 200 Fuel Use 54% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 1 455 000 Litres Range 30.3 billion km (70 days at full power)
Palmer-Waters S2 Missile Launcher (50%) (80) Missile Size 2 Rate of Fire 100
Hall-Walker Limited Missile Fire Control FC306-R170 (2) Range 306.7m km Resolution 170
Lord-Potts Design Bureau Missile Fire Control FC91-R15 (1) Range 91.1m km Resolution 15
Mamba V (800) Speed: 29 700 km/s End: 107.9m Range: 192.3m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 118/71/35
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
November: Construction of the new naval yard by Arnold Marine has been completed and a second slipway is added.
Ruins have been found on Oxford-II and two Xeno teams are send there. In addition there is a Alien Installation which will
boost missile/kinetic research by 100%. And while the planet would be a fair candidate for terratorming it has a very high
level of radiation. Since this was where the "civilian" Swarm ships have been located it might be possible that they had
something to do with it.
December: Large scale fleet exercises are started with each of 3 carriers forming the core of a small carrier task force.
Each carries 2 Spitfires, 7 Thunderbolts and 1 fighter-scout and is escorted by 2 Resolution gauss anti-missile ships and 1
Vanguard missile cruiser. As part of the exercise they move towards the single Hill Tribe battleships currently being
followed by the Spider sensor ships and replace them. The exercise is sceduled to last for 2 months. Some ground forces on
Polaris will participate as well, mainly the 16 Assault and 8 Mobile units.
The Protectorate provided us with Gauss Cannon Launch Velocity 4 and Bradley Schofield completed research into Planetary
Sensor Strength 300 and continues with 400. A few days later Brooke Begum completed Ordnance Production 14 and continues
with 16. And right at the end of the year Ground Unit Strength 20 is reached and research into Divisionsal HQ is started.
Our operatives gained some knowledge about star systems known to the Hill Tribe and about a size 30 1mkm range 1st missile
stage, but no knowledge about their ships have been gained. Due to this we have to make rough estimates from the observed
speeds/sensors about the ships capabilities.
Hill Tribe potential combat ships:
Loki, #1, 28.9kt, Speed 1k, S60R20 and S120R120 sensors - likely missile ship
Hrothgar, #1, 950t, Speed 1.3k, S10R85 - likely beam/missile FAC
Vithar, #6, 18.9kt, Speed 1, S60R1 - AAM/beam base
Freya, #2, 19.3kt, Speed 1, S60R1 - AAM/beam base
Pegasus A, #9, 950t, Speed 1.3k, S12R85 - likely beam/missile FAC
Pegasus B, #6, 950t, Speed 1.3k, S16R85 - likely beam/missile FAC
Guardian, #4, 9.7kt, Speed 1.7k, S144R1 - likely AAM/beam ship
Sentinel, #9, 19.3kt, Speed 1.7k, S144R1 - likely AAM/beam ship
Deadly Reaper, #3, 28.9kt, Speed 1.7k, S189R85 and S126R20 - likely missile ship - 2 are followed by CTFs
Skadi, #1, 19.3kt, Speed 1.7k, S126R1 - likely AAM/beam ship
Berserker, #1, 19.3kt, Speed 1.7k, S126R1 - likely AAM/beam ship
Mountain Tribe combat ships:
Invincible heavy beam cruiser, 2 training, 29kt, Speed 6.5k, 1 25cm Far UV Spinal Laser, 3x3 20cm FUV Turrets, 2 Quad Gauss
Turrets
King George V Mk3 carrier, #4, 16kt, Speed 4k, 6kt hangar - 7 Thunderbolt fighter-bomber, 1 fighter-scout, 2 Spitfire FAC
Vanguard missile cruiser, #12, 12kt, Speed 4k, 60(50%) S2 missile launchers (Mamba III/IV missile - WH4, Speed 28k)
Resolution Mk2 Gauss AM-cruiser, #6 (+2 in refit), 10kt, Speed 4k, 3 Quad Gauss Turrets
Spitfire Mk4 beam FAC, #12 (+2 refit), 1kt, Speed 10.5k, 1 25cm Far UV Spinal Laser
Thunderbolt fighter-bomber, #16, 500t, Speed 11k, 10 (50%) S2 missile launchers
Thunderbolt Mk2, #4 (+4 training), Speed 20k, 10 (50%) S2 missile launchers
Skunk Gauss platform, #32, 490t, 1 Gauss Cannon
Skunk Mk1 Gauss platform, 14 training, 480t, 1 Gauss Cannon
Ground Forces Polaris: 16 Assault, 8 Mobile, 80 Garrison
End of year status
Planets/colonies:
Sector Polaris - (Henry Storey - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +5, Wealth +10, Mine +20, Terra +10, Pop +10, Ground +20, Log +15)
Polaris (Olivia Brookes - Adm 6 - Pol +5, Ship +40, Fact +55, Wealth +25, Mine +50, Terra +10, Pop +5, Ground +25, Log +5)
Pop: 939m (+32)
Factories: 1013 (some moved to Stevenage-II)
Labs: 77 (+2)
Finance Centers: 100
Academies: 7
Naval yards (slipways/tons): 4/17000 (+1500), 2/20500 (+1500), 8/1000, 2/10000 (+2000)
Commercial yards: 3/113700, 2/62700
Thermal: 22.8k (+1.2), Tundra 27.9k (+2.8 ), Hill 27.6k (+3.1)
EM: 72.2k (+2.3), Tundra 74.4k (+5.9 ), Hill 75.9k (+6.3)
Polaris II (Louise Barrett - Adm 6 - Pol +30, Ship +5, Fact +50, Wealth +5, Mine +15, Pop +25, Ground +10, Log +10)
Pop: 90.5m (+0.6)
Factories: 120
Finance Centers: 312 (+8)
Terraformers: 22
1 PDC
Polaris VI Moon 6 (Rebecca Porter - Adm 3 - Pol +10, Ship +45, Wealth +20, Mine +40, Terra +15, Pop +30)
Pop: 29.5m (-4.9 )
Factories: 100
Finance Centers: 99 (+13)
Terraformers: 0
Minor Colonies:
Polaris Comet#4 - 50 automines
Polaris Comet#5 - 50 automines
Douglas III - +80% defense research - 3.1m pop - perfect world, 2 research labs
Cheltenham-III - 2.5m pop - perfect world
London III Moon 30 - 836 automines, PDC under construction
London III Moon 31 - 1.1m pop
Aberdeen II - Ruins - TL2 - 17 Installations - +30% power/propulsion - Digging
Aberdeen III - 1.2m pop, Ruins - TL2 - 19 Installations - +40% logistics/ground combat - Digging
Cheltenham-III - 1.0m pop - perfect world
Stevenage II - 11.0m pop, Ruins - TL5 - 454 Installations - +40% logistics research - Digging, PDC
Belfast IV - 0.8m pop
Newcastle III - 0.4m pop
Plymouth-I - +50% defense research (38 col cost)
Plymouth-VI - 1.5m pop, Ruins - TL2, 284 installations - +100% power/propulsion
Aberystwyth-II - Ruins - TL2 - 15 Installations - +30% energy research
Kilmarnock-IV Moon 1 - 1 tracking station
Middlesborough II Moon 6 - 100% missile/kinetic research
Oxford-II - Ruins - unknown - +100% missile/kinetic research
Sheffield III - Ruins - TL4, 81 Installations - Digging
Mineral shortages:
Duranium, 6.1k stockpile (+0.9 )
Scientists/projects:
Bio: 40% / Terraforming 0.002 atm
Construction: 45% / Research Rate 320
Defense: 65% / Compressed Carbon Armor
Energy: 35% / Turret Tracking Speed 6250
Logistics: 40% / Divisional HQ
Missiles: 65% / Ordnance Production 16
Power: 55%, 40% / Capacitor Recharge 5, Max Squad Jump Radium 100k
Sensors: 45%, 40%, 40% / Fire Control Speed 6250, Planetary Sensor Strength 400, Minimum Cloak Size 25 (DS)
Civilian Shipping (9840 up to 11550 - new engines = faster turnaround):
Godfrey Lines - 41 ships (+1 - 2770 income)
Shepherd Corp - 34 ships (-1 - 2640 income)
Payne Transport - 10 ships (-1 - 720 income)
Doherty Transport - 11 ships (+1 - 790 income)
Lloyd T&T - 16 ships (+2 - 750 income)
Sharp Company - 8 ships (550 income)
Lawson Container - 6 ships (470 income)
John T&T - 4 ships (3300 income)
Clements Carrier - 4 ships (+1 - 300 income)
Banks Container - 7 ships (+2 - 2040 income)
Powell Carrier Corporation - 3 ships (90)
Income at 71.8 (+2.1) and expenditure at 69.8 (+1.0 ). Wealth reserves are at 113k.
-
The bugs introduced into the game by myself due to me being a noob with the designer mode have finally caught up with me
and made it impossible to continue this game, but living means learning and I hope that I have learned a couple of things
about the designer mode ;) I will do a restart from roughly the same position as when the bug occured and try to reason
away some of the changes that are bound to happen.
So this is a new game at 250% difficulty with a start of 2 billion pop (1 billion for the Tundra Tribe) and 1.1 million
research points to spend (roughly the pop/tech the Mountain Tribe had after the surrender of the Hill Tribe). The capital
ships of the old navy will be largely recreated with unified techs and each race (inclding NPRs) will get 10 military
academies and 200 officers. The game will actually take place in the Sol system this time with Earth being renamed to
Polaris (didnt manage to get a decent starting system in 20 tries and finally gave up).
The war against the Hill Tribe was the shortest war ever fought by the Mountain Tribe, after a mere 35 seconds the Hill
Tribe fleet and platforms around Polaris were only smoldering wrecks. They managed to launch a single nuclear strike at our
continent which the missile dedfenses have been unable to intercept since there simply was not enough time to engage the
missiles before impact. The attack killed about 7m civilians and destroyed 30 facilities. The following fighting on the
ground took a bit longer, but due to the defenders being heavily outnumbered the result was never in any doubt. Overall
just 2 transports, 1 scout ship and 1 jump scout were lost during all of the fighting.
Especially the large lasers proved to be deadly, essentially destroying or disabeling an enemy ships with each shot. The
only problem was their farily low rate of fire which is planed to be changed with the introduction of smaller lasers with a
higher rate of fire.
At that time nobody knew that the losses caused by the war would be light in comparrison of what was still to come. While
the majority of the Hill Tribe population did not resist the occupation a terror was inflicted on Polaris, targeting all
Tribes and using technology which unlike anything that has ever been seen before.
The terrorists managed to hack into virtually every computer system without leaving any traces and through the best of our
firewalls. There was no way that this could have been achieved by the Hill Tribe, their technology was simply too far
behind our own. It seemed like that this was some kind of attack of an advanced alien species which has been using our own
technology against us.
Those hacks wrecked chaos all over Polaris, with gauss platform's and civilian ship's computer control being taken over and
being forced to enter the atmosphere of Polaris, often hitting industrial and military hubs. In addition our research data
was broadcasted all over the system, thus losing us the technological edge we enjoyed over the Tundra Tribe and destroying
all data about current research projects. A fairly large number was manipulated into overloading generators and destroying
the facilities which cost a very large number of key personel their lives. Other key personal was assassinated. All
civilian trade ships were destroyed, either by crashing into each other, planets or suns, and in some cases by overloaded
generators.
This chaos lasted for about 1 week, during which communications and sensors were somehow disabled. When communications and
the sensors came back online the colonies in Polaris were found to be glassed and all jump gates destroyed. And this did
not just happen to our colonies, but to all the colonies in Polaris. Without any extra-system communications possible due
to the lack of jump gates nobody knew what happened to the colonies and ships outside Polaris.
Science teams at the former colonies in Polaris were unable to determine what kind of weapon has caused the destruction of
the colonies. And the hackers which committed the attacks were never found. With most of the leadership being killed and
large parts of the industry in ruins the only thing left unscated were all of the naval ships and some state owned civilian
ships like salvagers, troop/passenger/cargo transports. All jump ships have been destroyed.
After some semblance of order has been reestablished the jump points were investigate in order to learn if the gates could
be repaired in order to asses the situation in the other systems. But it seemed that not only were the gates beyond repair,
but the destruction of the gates had caused the jump points themselves to collapse. Only after another systemwide scan for
jump points 4 new jump points have been found. But with both gate builders outside the Polaris system and their fate
unknown there was no way to check on the other systems for now.
With what seemed like an alien threat the former rising tensions between the Tundra Tribe and us were put aside and a
formal non-aggression pact was signed lasting 5 years. It took nearly 4 years before the all the industries were back
online and 2 new gate builders have been constructed. In the meantime the fleet has been modernised to the lastest
standards since travel outside of Polaris has been forbidden before new gates could be established. It took nearly 4 years
as well to purge the last remains of a virus from the research computers which kept altering and deleting files,
essentially rendering any research progress impossible.
At the beginning of the year 1984 the united Mountain and Hill Tribes restart their journey into space, firstmost looking
for any survivors outside Polaris, but secondly looking for the purpetrators of the attrocities. All advanced alien races
will be considered hostile unless proven otherwise for now. Even our former allies will be considered suspect, since they
would have most likely had both the means and the time to plan and execute such a large scale and sophisticated attack.
-
1984
After 4 years of redesigns this is the current OOB of 1st (and only) Battlefleet:
1x CV Invincible (flagship, carrier)
1x CA King George V (heavy beam cruiser)
4x CG Vanguard (missile cruiser)
2x CLV Ark Royal (escort carrier)
2x CLE Resolution (gauss)
4x DD Dagger (12cm laser)
2x DD Broadsword (spinal laser)
2x SS Spider (sensor)
Parasites:
7x Spitfire FAC (spinal laser)
1x Crow (R15 sensor)
1x Raven (R125 sensor)
1x SAR (search&rescue)
24x Thunderbolt (missile)
Invincible class Carrier 24 000 tons 362 Crew 3519.2 BP TCS 480 TH 2400 EM 0
5000 km/s Armour 6-74 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 12 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.06 Years MSP 1100 AFR 384% IFR 5.3% 1YR 346 5YR 5193 Max Repair 150 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 140
Flag Bridge Hangar Deck Capacity 8000 tons Magazine 1080
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (12) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 2 395 000 Litres Range 39.9 billion km (92 days at full power)
Mamba I (540) Speed: 28 000 km/s End: 91.4m Range: 153.6m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 130/78/39
Strike Group
3x Spitfire FAC Speed: 10526 km/s Size: 19
1x Crow MR Fighter-Scout Speed: 12500 km/s Size: 8
1x Raven LR Fighter-Scout Speed: 12500 km/s Size: 8
8x Thunderbolt Fighter-bomber Speed: 12500 km/s Size: 8
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
King George V class Heavy Cruiser 24 000 tons 628 Crew 5256.2 BP TCS 480 TH 2400 EM 3000
5000 km/s Armour 6-74 Shields 100-300 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 12 PPV 153.27
Maint Life 2.11 Years MSP 1574 AFR 400% IFR 5.6% 1YR 475 5YR 7118 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 13
Hangar Deck Capacity 500 tons
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (12) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 2 145 000 Litres Range 35.8 billion km (82 days at full power)
Connor Orbital Systems Delta R300/300 Shields (40) Total Fuel Cost 500 Litres per hour (12 000 per day)
Byrne Research Inc 25cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 5000 km/s Power 16-4 RM 5 ROF 20
16 16 16 16 16 13 11 10 8 8
Quad Byrne Research Inc 12cm C4 Far UV Laser Turret (2x4) Range 200 000km TS: 10000 km/s Power 16-16 RM 5
ROF 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 2 2
Triple Byrne Research Inc 20cm C4 Far UV Turret (3x3) Range 320 000km TS: 10000 km/s Power 30-12 RM 5 ROF
15 10 10 10 10 10 8 7 6 5 5
Quad Dennis-Ball Gauss Cannon R4-67 Turret (2x12) Range 40 000km TS: 20000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 4 ROF 5
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bryant-Oconnor Fire Control S04 160-10000 (3) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72 69
Bryant-Oconnor Fire Control S01 20-20000 (1) Max Range: 40 000 km TS: 20000 km/s 75 50 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Osborne & Newton MFC Reactor 4 (3) Total Power Output 12 Armour 0 Exp 5%
Osborne & Newton MCF Reactor Technology PB-1 (6) Total Power Output 60 Armour 0 Exp 5%
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR19-R1 (1) GPS 140 Range 19.6m km MCR 2.1m km Resolution 1
Strike Group
1x SAR Search&Rescue Craft Speed: 12500 km/s Size: 8
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Vanguard class Missile Cruiser 16 000 tons 330 Crew 2563.8 BP TCS 320 TH 1600 EM 0
5000 km/s Armour 4-56 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 6 PPV 80
Maint Life 2.09 Years MSP 651 AFR 315% IFR 4.4% 1YR 200 5YR 2994 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Magazine 1510
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (8) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 1 675 000 Litres Range 41.9 billion km (96 days at full power)
Hunt-Williams Size 2 Missile Launcher (50% Reduction) (80) Missile Size 2 Rate of Fire 75
Oliver & Hopkins MFC 45-R15 (2) Range 45.5m km Resolution 15
Oliver & Hopkins Missile Fire Control FC131-R125 (2) Range 131.5m km Resolution 125
Oliver & Hopkins MFC 203-R300 (2) Range 203.7m km Resolution 300
Mamba I (755) Speed: 28 000 km/s End: 91.4m Range: 153.6m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 130/78/39
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Ark Royal class Light Carrier 16 000 tons 239 Crew 2248.2 BP TCS 320 TH 1600 EM 0
5000 km/s Armour 3-56 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 8 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.13 Years MSP 703 AFR 256% IFR 3.6% 1YR 207 5YR 3109 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Flight Crew Berths 73
Hangar Deck Capacity 6000 tons Magazine 810
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (8) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 1 395 000 Litres Range 34.9 billion km (80 days at full power)
Mamba I (405) Speed: 28 000 km/s End: 91.4m Range: 153.6m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 130/78/39
Strike Group
2x Spitfire FAC Speed: 10526 km/s Size: 19
7x Thunderbolt Fighter-bomber Speed: 12500 km/s Size: 8
1x Raven LR Fighter-Scout Speed: 12500 km/s Size: 8
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Resolution class Escort Cruiser 12 000 tons 270 Crew 2228.2 BP TCS 240 TH 1200 EM 0
5000 km/s Armour 4-46 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 6 PPV 108.8
Maint Life 2.2 Years MSP 696 AFR 192% IFR 2.7% 1YR 194 5YR 2909 Max Repair 140 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (6) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 1 150 000 Litres Range 38.3 billion km (88 days at full power)
Quad Dennis-Ball Gauss Cannon R4-67 Turret (5x12) Range 40 000km TS: 20000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 4 ROF 5
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bryant-Oconnor Fire Control S01 20-20000 (5) Max Range: 40 000 km TS: 20000 km/s 75 50 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR19-R1 (1) GPS 140 Range 19.6m km MCR 2.1m km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Dagger class Destroyer 6 500 tons 166 Crew 1602.6 BP TCS 130 TH 1400 EM 0
10769 km/s Armour 4-31 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 16
Maint Life 2.09 Years MSP 385 AFR 135% IFR 1.9% 1YR 118 5YR 1769 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (7) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 500 000 Litres Range 30.8 billion km (33 days at full power)
Byrne Research Inc 12cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (4) Range 200 000km TS: 10769 km/s Power 4-4 RM 5 ROF 5
4 4 4 4 4 3 2 2 2 2
Bryant-Oconnor Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72 69
Osborne & Newton MFC Reactor 4 (4) Total Power Output 16 Armour 0 Exp 5%
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR19-R1 (1) GPS 140 Range 19.6m km MCR 2.1m km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Broadsword class Destroyer 4 650 tons 116 Crew 1229.6 BP TCS 93 TH 1000 EM 0
10752 km/s Armour 4-24 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 8
Maint Life 2.01 Years MSP 281 AFR 101% IFR 1.4% 1YR 93 5YR 1389 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (5) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 395 000 Litres Range 34.0 billion km (36 days at full power)
Byrne Research Inc 25cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 10752 km/s Power 16-4 RM 5 ROF
20 16 16 16 16 16 13 11 10 8 8
Bryant-Oconnor Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72 69
Osborne & Newton MFC Reactor 4 (1) Total Power Output 4 Armour 0 Exp 5%
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR19-R1 (1) GPS 140 Range 19.6m km MCR 2.1m km Resolution 1
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Spider class Sensor Ship 4 000 tons 85 Crew 1199.8 BP TCS 80 TH 400 EM 0
5000 km/s Armour 5-22 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.04 Years MSP 281 AFR 85% IFR 1.2% 1YR 90 5YR 1351 Max Repair 280 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Cryogenic Berths 1000
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (2) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 655 000 Litres Range 65.5 billion km (151 days at full power)
Hall-Walker Limited Active Search Sensor MR75-R15 (1) GPS 2100 Range 75.9m km Resolution 15
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR19-R1 (1) GPS 140 Range 19.6m km MCR 2.1m km Resolution 1
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR219-R125 (1) GPS 17500 Range 219.1m km Resolution 125
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR678-R300 (1) GPS 84000 Range 679.0m km Resolution 300
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Spitfire class Fast Attack Craft 950 tons 9 Crew 464.4 BP TCS 19 TH 200 EM 0
10526 km/s Armour 3-8 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 8
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 190% IFR 2.6% 1YR 172 5YR 2582 Max Repair 240 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.1 months Spare Berths 1
Thomson-Rogers 100 EP Internal Fusion Drive (2) Power 100 Fuel Use 484.22% Signature 100 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 15 000 Litres Range 0.6 billion km (15 hours at full power)
Byrne Research Inc 25cm C4 Far Ultraviolet Laser (1) Range 320 000km TS: 10526 km/s Power 16-4 RM 5 ROF
20 16 16 16 16 16 13 11 10 8 8
Bryant-Oconnor Fire Control S04 160-10000 (1) Max Range: 320 000 km TS: 10000 km/s 97 94 91 88 84 81 78 75 72 69
Osborne & Newton MFC Reactor 4 (1) Total Power Output 4 Armour 0 Exp 5%
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Crow MR class Fighter-Scout 400 tons 8 Crew 203.8 BP TCS 8 TH 100 EM 0
12500 km/s Armour 1-4 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 80% IFR 1.1% 1YR 58 5YR 873 Max Repair 140 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.12 months Spare Berths 2
Thomson-Rogers 100 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 100 Fuel Use 484.22% Signature 100 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 25 000 Litres Range 2.3 billion km (51 hours at full power)
Hall-Walker Limited Active Search Sensor MR75-R15 (1) GPS 2100 Range 75.9m km Resolution 15
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
Raven LR class Fighter-Scout 400 tons 8 Crew 203.8 BP TCS 8 TH 100 EM 0
12500 km/s Armour 1-4 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 80% IFR 1.1% 1YR 58 5YR 873 Max Repair 140 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.12 months Spare Berths 2
Thomson-Rogers 100 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 100 Fuel Use 484.22% Signature 100 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 25 000 Litres Range 2.3 billion km (51 hours at full power)
Hall-Walker Limited ASS MR219-R125 (1) GPS 17500 Range 219.1m km Resolution 125
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
Fighter-SAR class Fighter-SAR 400 tons 4 Crew 83.8 BP TCS 8 TH 100 EM 0
12500 km/s Armour 1-4 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 0
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 80% IFR 1.1% 1YR 25 5YR 382 Max Repair 50 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.12 months Spare Berths 6
Cryogenic Berths 1000
Thomson-Rogers 100 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 100 Fuel Use 484.22% Signature 100 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 25 000 Litres Range 2.3 billion km (51 hours at full power)
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
Thunderbolt class Fighter-bomber 400 tons 4 Crew 119.2 BP TCS 8 TH 100 EM 0
12500 km/s Armour 1-4 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 4.2
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 80% IFR 1.1% 1YR 6 5YR 90 Max Repair 50 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.5 months Spare Berths 2
Magazine 28
Thomson-Rogers 100 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 100 Fuel Use 484.22% Signature 100 Exp 25%
Fuel Capacity 15 000 Litres Range 1.4 billion km (30 hours at full power)
Hunt-Williams Size 2 Box Launcher (14) Missile Size 2 Hangar Reload 15 minutes MF Reload 2.5 hours
Oliver & Hopkins Missile Fire Control FC131-R125 (1) Range 131.5m km Resolution 125
Mamba I (14) Speed: 28 000 km/s End: 91.4m Range: 153.6m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 130/78/39
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
Civilian Ships:
1x Charon (gatebuilder)
10x Sorium Harvester
2x Colony Ship
4x Hauler
2x Agincourt (jump scout)
3x Victory (grav scout)
3x Tribal (geo scout)
Charon class Construction Ship 74 500 tons 205 Crew 2254.2 BP TCS 1490 TH 1500 EM 0
1006 km/s Armour 1-157 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 19 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 120 months Spare Berths 0
Jump Gate Construction Ship: 90 days
Thomson-Rogers 300 EP Commercial Internal Fusion Drive (5) Power 300 Fuel Use 1.23% Signature 300 Exp 3%
Fuel Capacity 230 000 Litres Range 45.1 billion km (519 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Sorium Harvester class Fuel Harvester 64 550 tons 270 Crew 1456.8 BP TCS 1291 TH 1200 EM 0
929 km/s Armour 1-143 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 14 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 240 months Spare Berths 0
Fuel Harvester: 20 modules producing 640000 litres per annum
Thomson-Rogers 300 EP Commercial Internal Fusion Drive (4) Power 300 Fuel Use 1.23% Signature 300 Exp 3%
Fuel Capacity 2 175 000 Litres Range 492.8 billion km (6139 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Colony 100k class Colony Ship 38 900 tons 205 Crew 1497 BP TCS 778 TH 1500 EM 0
1928 km/s Armour 1-102 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 24 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 0
Cryogenic Berths 100000 Cargo Handling Multiplier 10
Thomson-Rogers 300 EP Commercial Internal Fusion Drive (5) Power 300 Fuel Use 1.23% Signature 300 Exp 3%
Fuel Capacity 170 000 Litres Range 64.0 billion km (383 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Hauler 25k class Cargo Ship 38 650 tons 110 Crew 504 BP TCS 773 TH 1500 EM 0
1940 km/s Armour 1-101 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 8 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 12 months Spare Berths 1
Cargo 25000 Cargo Handling Multiplier 10
Thomson-Rogers 300 EP Commercial Internal Fusion Drive (5) Power 300 Fuel Use 1.23% Signature 300 Exp 3%
Fuel Capacity 170 000 Litres Range 64.4 billion km (383 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
Agincourt class Jump Scout 3 600 tons 109 Crew 722.4 BP TCS 18 TH 100 EM 0
2777 km/s JR 3-50 Armour 1-20 Shields 0-0 Sensors 55/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 2 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.18 Years MSP 251 AFR 51% IFR 0.7% 1YR 71 5YR 1063 Max Repair 312 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
J3600(3-50) Military Jump Drive Max Ship Size 3600 tons Distance 50k km Squadron Size 3
Stealth 50 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 100 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 450 000 Litres Range 50.0 billion km (208 days at full power)
Thermal Sensor TH5-55 (1) Sensitivity 55 Detect Sig Strength 1000: 55m km
Cloaking Device: Class cross-section reduced to 25% of normal
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Victory class Gravsurvey Ship 3 550 tons 48 Crew 368.4 BP TCS 71 TH 300 EM 0
4225 km/s Armour 3-20 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/2/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.07 Years MSP 97 AFR 67% IFR 0.9% 1YR 30 5YR 455 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Thomson-Rogers 300 EP Commercial Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 300 Fuel Use 1.23% Signature 300 Exp 3%
Fuel Capacity 25 000 Litres Range 103.0 billion km (282 days at full power)
Gravitational Survey Sensors (2) 2 Survey Points Per Hour
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Tribal class Geosurvey Ship 3 500 tons 45 Crew 457.2 BP TCS 70 TH 300 EM 0
4285 km/s Armour 3-20 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/4 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 82 Max Repair 150 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Thomson-Rogers 300 EP Commercial Internal Fusion Drive (1) Power 300 Fuel Use 1.23% Signature 300 Exp 3%
Fuel Capacity 15 000 Litres Range 62.7 billion km (169 days at full power)
Improved Geological Sensors (2) 4 Survey Points Per Hour
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
January:
Our fighter factories are starting to produce new Skunk orbital gauss platforms, building one platform every 5 days. Jake
Thornton is the new Administrator of Polaris, mainly due to his knack for improving factory production (+25%). With the
sector command sector having been destroyed it will take a couple of month before an adiminstrator for the Polaris sector
will be needed. The factories are largely rebuilding the destroyed factories and research facilities.
Skunk class Orbital Weapon Platform 350 tons 5 Crew 61.2 BP TCS 7 TH 0 EM 0
1 km/s Armour 3-4 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 0 PPV 5.6
Maint Life 0 Years MSP 0 AFR 70% IFR 1% 1YR 18 5YR 272 Max Repair 32 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 0.12 months Spare Berths 5
Single Dennis-Ball Gauss Cannon R4-67 Turret (1x3) Range 40 000km TS: 20000 km/s Power 0-0 RM 4 ROF 5
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bryant-Oconnor Fire Control S00.2 20-5000 (FTR) (1) Max Range: 40 000 km TS: 20000 km/s 75 50 25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
This design is classed as a Fighter for production, combat and maintenance purposes
The crews start to train with the new equipment build into their ships.
The Agincourt jump into 2 new systems, London, which has a potentially interesting planet for colonisation London-A III. It
is just a little bit to cold with -42° and lacks oxygen (col cost 1.18). In addition there are 7 more planets including gas
giants in orbit around the G5 sun with a fair number of moons and about 100 asteroids in the system. Overall it looks very
promisising as a new stepping stone, so all geo- and gravscouts are send there. The second system is Manchester, but
nothing of interest could be seen by the first initial scans.
It seems like the Tundra Tribe has put our tech to good use and even improved upon it, the ships we are seeing in Polaris
are moving at a speed of 7240km/sec. They active sensor range is a respectable 411mkm
Our gatebuilder Charon starts to build a gate to London and should be finished in about 63 days, while the Tundra Tribe
starts to build a gate to Manchester.
February:
Liverpool is the next system that has been discovered, a gigantic binary system with a couple of interesting planets in
orbit around both the primary and the second sun, but for now exploring this system will be a low priority due to the large
distances involved. There is a Tundra gatebuilder in Polaris building a gate to Liverpool.
The fourth and final system reach by jump points from Polaris is Stevenage, it has a single G6-class sun and Stevenage-IV
is a terrestrial planet with a fairly thin atmosphere, but it contains both Nitrogen and Oxygen. Its temperature is -68°
and the gravity is 0.77g, overall a very good canditate for terraforming, but first we will have to start building
terraforming facilities again.
March:
The survey of London's planets and moons has turned up very few minerals, hopefully there will be some deposits on the
asteroids.
April:
Sector command has been rebuild and Kane Ford is assigned to the position by the Royal council. He has some skill for
improving shipbuilding (+15%) and mining (+10%).
May:
London turned out to be rather poor in minerals, but due to the fairly short distance from Polaris it would be no problem
to support a colony there. And with Charon having completed both gates to and from London the first transports and colony
ships are send to London-III to establish a new colony there.
June:
With the last of the Victory's having completed its survey it becomes fairly certain that London is a dead-end system,
which might be helpful in keeping our new colony safe. They will refuel at Polaris and head for Liverpool next.
September:
The first extra-Polaris jump point has been found in Liverpool, Agincourt moves to investigate.
October:
The jump from Liverpool brought Agincourt to Edinburgh, a trinary system with a couple of planets around each sun, but
nothing of interest was found by the first initial scan.
December:
Geoscans in Stevenage show a fair number of metals, but most of them either not in very high quantities or at fairly bad
accessabilities. Expections are 1.5mt Duranium @90% on Stevenage-VI Moon 15 and 25.7mt Corundium @100% on Stevenage-IV.
With all needed components having been prebuild construction starts for 3 Vultures salvagers, 5 Hauler transports, 4 fleet
supply ships and 4 Illustrious troop transports.
Fleet Supply class Support Vessel 12 000 tons 138 Crew 1524.6 BP TCS 240 TH 1200 EM 0
5000 km/s Armour 2-46 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 6 PPV 0
Maint Life 2.07 Years MSP 516 AFR 177% IFR 2.5% 1YR 161 5YR 2422 Max Repair 100 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 0
Magazine 1350
Thomson-Rogers 200 EP Internal Fusion Drive (6) Power 200 Fuel Use 45% Signature 200 Exp 10%
Fuel Capacity 4 085 000 Litres Range 136.2 billion km (315 days at full power)
Mamba I (675) Speed: 28 000 km/s End: 91.4m Range: 153.6m km WH: 4 Size: 2 TH: 130/78/39
Missile to hit chances are vs targets moving at 3000 km/s, 5000 km/s and 10,000 km/s
This design is classed as a Military Vessel for maintenance purposes
Illustrious class Troop Transport 24 300 tons 120 Crew 790.8 BP TCS 486 TH 1200 EM 0
2469 km/s Armour 4-74 Shields 0-0 Sensors 1/1/0/0 Damage Control Rating 1 PPV 0
MSP 20 Max Repair 45 MSP
Intended Deployment Time: 24 months Spare Berths 1
Troop Capacity: 5 Battalions
Thomson-Rogers 300 EP Commercial Internal Fusion Drive (4) Power 300 Fuel Use 1.23% Signature 300 Exp 3%
Fuel Capacity 105 000 Litres Range 63.2 billion km (296 days at full power)
This design is classed as a Commercial Vessel for maintenance purposes
During 1984 a civilian mining colony has been established on Mercury (2.6mt Duranium @90%) and expanded to 3 facilities, at
the end of the year another civilian mining colony has been established on Venus (1.6mt Duranium @90%). With only about
0.9mt Duranium @90% left on Polaris we might have to establish some of our own mines there and buy from the civilians.
Status:
Polaris Sector (Kane Ford, Adm6, Ship +20%, Waelth +10%, Mining +10%, GU Constr. +5%)
Polaris (Jake Thornton, Adm5, Ship +20%, Factory +25%, Terraform +10%, Logistics +10%)
Pop: 2028m
Academy: 12
Maint: 28kt
Const: 1786
Mines: 1566
Automines: 354
Labs: 85
Research:
EM Sensor 18 (20 labs, +30%)
Research Rate 320 (20 labs, +20%)
Capacitor 5 (10 labs, +20%)
Divisional HQ (10 labs, +20%)
Gauss Cannon ROF 4 (5 labs, +30%)
Magnetic Confinement Fusion Drive (5 labs, +20%)
Fire Control Speed 6250 (4 labs, +20%)
Terraforming 0.002 (2 labs, +20%)
Min Cloak Size 25 (2 labs, +15%)
25cm Laser (2 labs, +10%)
Turret Speed 6250 (2 labs, +10%)
Missile Launcher Reload 5 (1 lab, +15%)
Advanced Spinal Mount (1 lab, +15%)
Epsilon Shields (1 lab, +10%)
-
1985
January:
There was no additional jump point found in Liverpool, leaving the system with jumps to Polaris and Edinburg. A
Tundra Tribe gatebuilder is detected at the Liverpool/Edinburgh jump point. The 3 Tribal geo scouts are heading
to Edinburgh.
February:
Ellen Bryant has completed research into Minimum Cloak Size 25 and continues with Cloaking Efficiency 4.
A Tundra Tribe gatebuilder is discovered at the Stevenage/Polaris jumppoint.
March:
At the 2nd of March unknown aliens are detected transiting from Manchester into Polaris. Since the incidents on
Polaris some years ago all aliens are considered hostile. 1st Battlefleet is ordered to interrupt its training
and head for the alien contacts with orders to destroy them if they do not pull back to Manchester. The small
alien fleet consists of 3 ships which are labled the Argonauta class by the computer. They have a thermal
signature of 1848 and field a 54k strength R61 sensor. They seem to be capable of moving at 9240km/sec, nearly
twice as fast as our mainline ships.
At the 3rd 2 strength 12 explosions are detected for the Argonauta positions and ship 001's thermal is lowered
from 1848 to 1602. It seems that the Tundra Tribe are very suspicous of the aliens as well and intercepted them
with a couple of FACs. 30 seconds later there are 4 more strength 12 exposions and contact with Argonauta 001 is
lost. A pair of Crow/Raven sensor ships are launched from the carriers to get a better look at the aliens.
Another 3 exposions and the wreck of Argonauta 001 is detected, the SAR shuttle is launched in order to try to
rescue alien survivors.
Next Argonauta 003 is starting to get hit, it looks like those are unarmed alien recon ships since there is
neither a sign of active weapons nor passive PD systems. Argonauta 003 is destroyed as well, and a secondary
power explosion is detected, making it likely that they have beam weapons, but are unable to close the range in
order to use them. Argonauta 002 is destroyed 2 minutes later and the sensor ships are recalled. Our scanners
show the wrecks to have a tonnage of 10kt.
Once training has been completed the fleet will has to take a closer look at the Manchester system, where
nothing of interest had shown up during the initial scans.
The SAR shuttle has managed to rescue 282 aliens, but nothing has been learned from them. Visually they look
like a mixture of a toad, a slug and some kind of dinosaur.
The Tundra Tribe has positioned 7 ships at the Manchester gate, likely guarding it against further incursions
from the aliens.
A civilian mining colony has been established on Ganymede which has 400k of Duranium deposits @90%, we will buy
their production since Duraium will be a problem in the medium run by our current rate of consumption.
A new jump point has been found in Stevenage and a Agincourt class is ordered to investigate it. The newly
discovered system is called Glasgow and has a single G4 sun. The 3rd planet is a terrestrial with a gravity of
1.18g and a breathable atmosphere, with 77° it is just a little to hot to be a perfect world, but it should be
easy to terraform it down to bearable temperatures (col cost 1.43). Overall there are 9 planets in the system, a
mix of terrestrials, gas giants and dwarfs. A very interesting system which will investigated more closely. The
Agincourt will stay there to act as a jump gate for the survey ships once they have completed their survey of
Edinburgh. Charon is being dispatched to build a gate.
April:
3 Vulture salvagers have been completed are are send to the 3 aliens wrecks in Polaris.
A ruined alien outpost has been discovered on Edinburgh B-II, a xeno-team is dispatched there to learn more
about the aliens. Initial scans show an anomaly on the surface of the planet, which our scientists believe to
enable us further insights into new construction and procuction methods.
The complete scan of Edinburgh shows some good mineral deposits, Duranium at 871kt @100% on Edinburgh B-I in
addition to 495kt Corundium @60%, 279kt Uridium @80%, 35kt Boronide @70%, 109kt Vendarite @90% and 24kt
Tritanium @70%. Asteroid-II has the largest deposits by far with 1283kt @90% Duranium and additional deposits of
480kt Neutronium @70%, 762kt Corbomite @90%, 746kt Tritanium @90%, 211kt Corundium @60%, 99kt Uridium @80% and
51kt Boronide @100%. Those 2 bodies have most of the minerals needed and with 380kt Gallicite @70% on
Edinburgh-C II - Moon 29 and decent Sorium at the gas giants the system is self sufficient in minerals.
May:
The technology found inside the salvaged alien ships is not very impressive, magneto plasma drives and EM 11
sensors, it seems like they consisted mostly of engines and were fairly small in order to achieve the observed
speed.
June:
A Tribal gatebuilder is detected at the Glasgow/Stevenage jump point. It seems like our own gatebuilder is
hardly needed since nearly everywhere there are Tundra ships who seem to get the work done very quickly.
July:
After 1.5 years of constant training 1st Batlefleet is returning to Polaris for an overhaul since system
breakdowns are starting to accumulate. Most of the fleet has reached 75% proficiency with their new systems with
the notable exception of the crew of the King George V class heavy beam cruiser whos setup is still giving its
crew some headaches in coordinating actions with the rest of the fleet and quickly responding to new situations
(just 35% TF training here).
August:
Grav survey of Stevenage has been completed, no further jump points were found, which means 1 jump point to
Polaris and the other one leads to the promising Glasgow system.
The first terraforming facility has been build on Polaris and is shipped to our colony on London-III.
October:
With the Glasgow/Stevenage gate completed colonists and infrastructure are moved to Glasgow-III. The Glasgow
system has decent mineral deposits, but they are dispersed over a fairly large number of bodies, meaning we will
have to increase our mass driver production.
November:
1st Battlefleet has completed its overhaul and resumes training.
James Birch has completed research into Research Rate 320 and continues with 400.
December:
Liam Baldwin has completed research into Divisional HQs and will look into Heavy Assault Battalion next.